Quarterlytics / Utilities / Regulated Gas / Genworth MI Canada Inc

Genworth MI Canada Inc

mic · TSX Utilities
Claim this profile
Ticker mic
Exchange TSX
Sector Utilities
Industry Regulated Gas
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2013 Annual Report · Genworth MI Canada Inc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
G
e
n
w
o
r
t
h
M

I

C
a
n
a
d
a

I

n
c
.

2
0
1
3

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

   A digital copy of this Annual Report and of 

Genworth Canada’s 2013 Public Accountability 

Statement are available on our website at 

www.genworth.ca. Print copies are available 

upon request.  

Genworth MI Canada Inc.
 2013 Annual Report
delivering exceptional value

Genworth MI Canada Inc.
2060 Winston Park Drive, Suite 300
Oakville, Ontario  L6H 5R7
Phone: 905-287-5300 
Fax: 905-287-5472
www.genworth.ca

GEN2677 English AR 2013_CvrPGs.indd   1

14-05-05   4:35 PMMon, May 5, 2014

 
 
 
 
 
 
shareholder information

Exchange listing
The Toronto Stock Exchange:
Common shares (MIC)

Common shares
As at December 31, 2013, there were 
94,910,880 common shares outstanding.

Independent auditor
KPMG LLP
Bay Adelaide Centre 
333 Bay Street, Suite 4600
Toronto, Ontario  M5H 2S5

Registrar and transfer agent
Canadian Stock Transfer Company, Inc.
320 Bay Street, P.O. Box 1
Toronto, Ontario  M5H 4A6
Tel: 416-643-5000
Fax: 416-643-5570
www.canstockta.com

All inquiries related to address changes, 
elimination of multiple mailings, transfer of 
MIC shares, dividends or other shareholder 
account issues should be forwarded to the 
offices of Canadian Stock Transfer Company.

Investor relations
Shareholders, security analysts and 
investment professionals should direct  
inquiries to:

Samantha Cheung 
Vice-President, Investor Relations 
investor@genworth.com

Additional financial information has been 
filed electronically with various securities 
regulators in Canada through the System 
for Electronic Document Analysis and 
Retrieval (SEDAR) and with the Office of the 
Superintendent of Financial Institutions (OSFI) 
as the primary regulator for the Company’s 
subsidiary, Genworth Financial Mortgage 
Insurance Company Canada. 

The Company holds a conference call following 
the release of its quarterly results. These calls 
are archived in the Investor section of the 
Company’s website.

Annual general meeting of shareholders 
Date: Thursday, June 5, 2014
Time: 10:00 AM
Location: TMX Broadcast Centre
The Exchange Tower
130 King St West, Toronto, Ontario

Board of Directors
Complaints about the Company’s internal 
accounting controls or auditing matters or any 
other concerns may be addressed directly to the 
Board of Directors or the Audit Committee at:

Board of Directors
Genworth MI Canada Inc.
c/o Winsor Macdonell, Secretary
2060 Winston Park Drive, Suite 300
Oakville, Ontario  L6H 5R7
Tel: 905-287-5484

Corporate ombudsperson
Concerns related to compliance with the law, 
Genworth policies or government contracting 
requirements may be directed to:

Genworth ombudsperson
2060 Winston Park Drive, Suite 300
Oakville, Ontario  L6H 5R7
Tel: 905-287-5510
Canada-ombudsperson@genworth.com

Disclosure documents
Corporate governance, disclosure and other 
investor information is available online from 
the Investor Relations pages of the Company’s 
website at http://investor.genworthmicanada.ca.

Cautionary statements
The cautionary statements included in the 
Company’s Management’s Discussion and 
Analysis and Annual Information Form, 
including the “Special note regarding forward-
looking statements” and the “Non-IFRS 
financial measures,” also apply to this Annual 
Report and all information and documents 
included herein. These documents can be 
found at www.sedar.com.

2014 common share dividend dates
The declaration and payment of dividends and 
the amount thereof are at the discretion of the 
Board, which takes into account the Company’s 
financial results, capital requirements, available 
cash flow and other factors the Board considers 
relevant from time to time. 

Eligible dividend designation
For purposes of the dividend tax credit rules 
contained in the Income Tax Act (Canada) and 
any corresponding provincial or territorial tax 
legislation, all dividends (and deemed dividends) 
paid by Genworth MI Canada Inc. to Canadian 
residents are designated as eligible dividends. 
Unless stated otherwise, all dividends (and 
deemed dividends) paid by the Company 
hereafter are designated as eligible dividends 
for the purposes of such rules.

Information for shareholders outside 
of Canada
Dividends paid to residents in countries 
with which Canada has bilateral tax treaties 
are generally subject to the 15% Canadian 
non-resident withholding tax. There is no 
Canadian tax on gains from the sale of shares 
(assuming ownership of less than 25%) or 
debt instruments of the Company owned 
by non-residents not carrying on business 
in Canada. (No government in Canada levies 
estate taxes or succession duties.)

Genworth MI Canada Inc.  
2060 Winston Park Drive, Suite 300 
Oakville, Ontario L6H 5R7 

Tel: 905-287-5300  
Fax: 905-287-5472  
www.genworth.ca

The issuer ratings of Genworth MI Canada and financial strength ratings of Genworth Financial Mortgage 
Insurance Company Canada reflect each rating agency’s opinion of the Company’s financial strength, operating 
performance and ability to meet obligations to policyholders.

Credit ratings

Dividend declaration dates

Issuer rating

S&P

DBRS

Declared

10/29/13

Genworth MI Canada Inc.

A-, Stable

AA (low), Stable

07/30/13

Financial strength 

Genworth Financial Mortgage  
Insurance Company Canada 

Senior unsecured debentures

AA-, Stable

AA, Stable

04/30/13

02/05/13

Genworth MI Canada Inc.

A-, Stable

AA (low), Stable

Record

11/15/13

08/15/13

05/15/13

02/15/13

Payable

11/29/13 

08/30/13 

05/31/13 

03/01/13 

Amount per 
common share

$0.35

$0.32

$0.32

$0.32

m
o
c

.

r

i

m
b
.

w
w
w

o
s

s
e
d
a

r

I

s

l

l

i

M

n
a

y

r

B

r

i

m
b

y
b

d
e
n
g

i

s
e
D

GEN2677 English AR 2013_CvrPGs.indd   2

14-05-05   4:35 PMMon, May 5, 2014

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C o n t e n t S  

2  Corporate profile

3  Letter to shareholders

6  Financial and insurance portfolio highlights

8  Management’s discussion and analysis

45  Consolidated financial statements

46 

 Management statement on responsibility for financial reporting

47 

Independent auditors’ report 

53  Consolidated financial statements and notes  

97  Glossary

98  Five-year financial review

99  2012 and 2013 quarterly information

100  Board of Directors

IFC 

 Shareholder information

genwor th MI  Ca na da  In C .  2013 annUaL  report 

1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
corporate profile

Genworth MI Canada Inc. (TSX: MIC) through 
its subsidiary, Genworth Financial Mortgage 
Insurance Company Canada (Genworth Canada), 
is the largest private residential mortgage insurer 
in Canada. The Company provides mortgage 
default insurance to Canadian residential 
mortgage lenders, making homeownership more 
accessible to first-time homebuyers. 

Genworth Canada differentiates itself through 
superior customer service, innovative processing 
technology and a robust risk management 
framework. For almost two decades, Genworth 
Canada has supported the housing market by 
providing thought leadership and a focus on the 
safety and soundness of the mortgage finance 
system. 

As at December 31, 2013, Genworth Canada 
had $5.7 billion in total assets and $3.1 billion in 
shareholders’ equity. 

2013 financial and operating highlights

$

512 million

net premiums written

$

349million

net operating income

12%

operating return  
on equity

44%

combined ratio

$

3.60

operating diluted 
earnings per share

$

1.31

dividends paid  
per common share

book value per share
(diluted, including AOCI)

operating earnings per share
(diluted)

operating return on equity
(%)

13

12

11

10

09

1 

2 

$32.53

$30.62

$26.94

$24.44

$22.40

13

122

11

10

091

$3.60

$3.43

$3.08

$3.02

$2.67

13

122

11

10

091

12%

13%

13%

14%

13%

0

7

14

21

28

35

0.0

1.0

2.0

3.0

4.0

0

5

10

15

20

13
 excludes $100 million impact of change in premium recognition curve for the quarter ended March 31, 2009. Including the impact of changes to the premium 
recognition curve, for the year ended december 31, 2009, operating earnings per share (diluted) would have been $3.23 and operating return on equity would have 
been 16%. 
12
 adjusted for the impact of the government guarantee fund exit fee reversal in 2012. Including the impact of the government guarantee exit fee reversal, operating 
return on equity and operating earnings per share (diluted) were 17% and $4.67, respectively.
11

12

13

12

13

11

11

note: 2009 amounts are based on Canadian gaap measures; 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013 amounts are presented on an IFrS basis. For further information refer to the Md&a.

10

09

10

09

10

09

0

7

14

21

28

35

0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0

0

5

10

15

20

2 

"13" 
"12" 

"11" 

"10" 

"09" 

32.53
30.62

26.94

24.44

22.4

genwo rth MI C anada I n C .  20 13 annUaL  rep ort

"13" 
"12" 

"11" 

"10" 

"09" 

3.6
3.43

3.12

3.01

2.67

"13" 
"12" 

"11" 

"10" 

"09" 

13
13

13

14

13

35

28

21

14

7

0

incl. AOCI

5

4

3

2

1

0

20

16

12

8

4

0

08

09

10

11

12

08

09

10

11

12

08

09

10

11

12

 
Dear Fellow Shareholders: 

In 2013, the Company delivered solid financial returns for our 

shareholders. We achieved these results by remaining focused on our 

three strategic priorities – top-line growth, diligent risk management and 

financial strength. And as we enter our fifth year as a Canadian public 

company, we are well-positioned for continued growth.

Executive Team:
Clockwise from left – standing:  
Philip Mayers, Stuart Levings,  
Brian Hurley, Winsor Macdonell, 
Craig Sweeney; Seated from left: 
Debbie McPherson, Rhonda Lawson

genwor th MI  Ca na da  In C .  2013 annUaL  report 

3

Letter to Shareholders

2013 Performance

enhanced service value to our customers, operational efficiencies, and strengthened credit quality in our insurance portfolio were 
the hallmark characteristics of 2013. our approach to service drove a number of strategic wins with key lenders and contributed 
to top-line results. we also continued to build loyalty and awareness among important influencer groups across the country.

our focus on providing added value to our partners has further reinforced our position as the industry’s private mortgage insurer 
of choice. this approach will help drive business growth over the coming years. 

In the area of operational efficiencies, we continue to make enhancements to the overall customer experience. this includes 
implementing innovative technology-based solutions to increase underwriter productivity and improve turnaround time. It also 
includes building on our human capital by expanding our regional underwriting presence. 

we remain committed to our prudent approach to risk management and continue to see the strength of our portfolio improve 
as a result. our risk managers across the country provide real-time monitoring of regional developments allowing us to stay 
ahead of emerging risks. their expertise, combined with our proactive monitoring of economic and housing market indicators, 
allows us to effectively manage our risk exposure. this strategy has led to a consistent improvement in credit quality, resulting 
in decreased delinquencies which drove a low loss ratio of 25% for 2013.

In 2013 we insured 70,000 high loan-to-value mortgages, wrote a total of $35 billion in new insurance written, and generated 
$512 million in net premiums written from insuring high and low loan-to-value mortgages. we delivered a net operating income 
of $349 million, and a solid return on equity of 12%. we also continued to give back to shareholders through various capital 
initiatives. these actions included a dividend increase of 9% in the fourth quarter, and a $105 million share buy-back through a 
normal course issuer bid. even with this active capital management, we ended the year with capital levels well above our internal 
target.

Active in our communities

at genworth Canada, we also believe in giving back to the communities where we work and live. 

In 2013 we renewed our three-year commitment to habitat for humanity Canada which includes several initiatives to support 
habitat builds across the country. 

we also sponsored our annual “Meaning of home” writing contest which received a record number of entries in 2013 from 
primary school students in every province and territory. 

In addition, community engagement among our employees is very high. Last year our people volunteered time to more than 
40 charitable organizations across Canada. this is a proud accomplishment for the entire genworth Canada team.

Outlook on our industry

Canada’s housing market performed well in 2013. and with steady employment levels, continued low interest rates and 
improving consumer confidence, we expect it to remain stable through 2014. these factors are of particular importance to 
our target market of first-time homebuyers. 

delivering exceptional value to shareholders

  Increase in diluted operating 
earnings per share +5%

  Increase in quarterly dividends 
+9%

  Increase in diluted book value  
per share +6%

4 

genwo rth MI C anada I n C .  20 13 annUaL  rep ort

the government has taken several steps in recent years to maintain the strength and stability of the Canadian housing finance 
system. In addition, these initiatives have helped generate borrowers with stronger credit quality and provided additional support 
for the private mortgage insurance sector.

the housing and regulatory environment we are operating in is favorable, and we are capitalizing on this momentum to grow our 
business.

Well-positioned for the future

In order to maintain our track record of performance, we are committed to continuing to invest in our Company, our customers 
and our people.

our relationships with our customers are the centerpiece of our strategy. we bring together all facets of our business – 
underwriting, sales, operations and risk – in our customer consultations. this holistic approach enables us to better understand 
and respond to customer needs. while we pride ourselves on having customer survey satisfaction ratings of 97%, we continue 
to strive for a customer experience that remains best in class.

In addition, our strong capital position supports our growth and keeps us well-positioned to pay our claims, even in severe stress 
scenarios. Balancing capital strength with flexibility remains a priority and we expect to continue to execute on a variety of 
strategic capital actions going forward. 

Finally, we recognize that our people are our greatest asset and we believe in fostering a culture of learning, development and 
collaboration. we have an energized culture that makes working at genworth Canada both challenging and rewarding.

Our 2014 Priorities

as we look ahead to 2014, our goal is to further strengthen our industry position, while providing shareholders with consistent 
performance and value. our strategy to achieve these goals is to:

• remain focused on our customers by continuing to raise the bar on service
• maintain capital strength and flexibility
• continue to closely monitor current and emerging risks
• remain active in shaping our industry’s future.

genworth Canada has a solid business model and we are well positioned. we will remain sharply focused on our key business 
priorities and continue to execute on our high impact strategy.

thank you for your confidence and continued support.

Best regards,

Brian Hurley 
Chairman and Ceo

genwor th MI  Ca na da  In C .  2013 annUaL  report 

5

demonstrated financial strength

net premiums written 
(millions)

net premiums earned 
(millions)

net operating income 
(millions)

13

12

11

10

09

$512

$550

$533

$552

$360

13

12

11

10

09

$573

$589

$612

$621

$610

13

12

11

10

09

$349

$3391

$318

$343

$307

0

200

400

600

0

200

400

600

800

0

100

200

300

400

1 Adjusted to exclude the impact of the government   
  guarantee fund exit fee reversal in 2012. 
  Including this adjustment, net operating income 
  was $462 million.

loss ratio 

combined ratio 

minimum capital test ratio 
(MCT) 

13

13

12

12

11

11

10

10

09

09

25%

33%

37%

33%

42%

13

13

12

12

11

11

10

10

09

09

44%

51%

13

13

12

12

Net Premiums Written  

2013 
512 

2012  
 550  

53%

2011 
 533  

2010 
 552  

11

11

2009 
 360  

50%

57%

10

10

09

09

Net Premiums Earned   

2013 
573 

2012  
 589  

2011 
 612  

223%

170%

162%
2010 
156%
 621  

149%

Net Operating Income   

2009 
 610   

2013 
349 

2012  

 339  

2011 

 318  

2010 

 343  

2009 

 307   

0
0

200

400

10

20

30

40

600
50

0
0

200

25

400

600

50

800
75

0
0

100

200

300

100

200

400
300

13

high-quality 
and diversified 
insurance 
portfolio

11

12

10

0

10

20

09

“Genworth remained focused on 
building a high-quality, well-diversified 
portfolio in 2013. We take a prudent 
30
approach to growing our business,  
with disciplined underwriting and 
vigilant risk management.”  
– Craig Sweeney, CRO

40

50

geographical dispersion  
(% as at december 31, 2013)

credit score dispersion1 

13

Quebec
12
16%

11

10

09
Ontario
45%
0

Saskatchewan
3%
Other
1%

Alberta
17%

2011 
37% 
British
Columbia
13%

Loss Ratio   

2013 
25% 

2012  
33% 

25

50

75

Manitoba
2%
New Brunswick
1%
Nova Scotia
2%

13

12

11
>700
2010 
–
33% 
66%
10

09

0

Combined ratio 

2009 
42%   

2013 
44% 

Average 
Credit Score
2012  
720
51% 

no score
3%

>0<600
1%

MTC ratio   

2011 
53% 

>600<660
2010 
–
50% 
11%

2013 
2009 
223 
57%     

2012  
170 

2011 

162 

2010 

156 

2009 

149%     

100

200

300

>660<700
–
19%

¹  Based on insurance written between 1995 and 2013.

6 

genwo rth MI C anada I n C .  20 13 annUaL  rep ort

Saskatchewan

3%

Quebec

16%

Ontario

45%

Alberta

17%

British

Columbia

13%

Manitoba

New Brunswick

Newfoundland

Nova Scotia

2%

1%

1%

2%

Geographical dispersion

QC – 15%

ON – 45%

NS – 2%

NB – 1%

MAN – 2%

BC – 13%

AB – 17%

Other – 1%

SASK – 3%

 
13

12

11

10

09

0

100

200

300

Adjusted investment income 

2013 

215 

178 

37 

2012 

 201 

189 

12 

2011 

179 

174 

5 

2010 

183 

179 

4 

2009

189

186

3     

assets 
(millions)

shareholders’ equity (including AOCI) 
(millions)

total investment income 
(millions)

13

12

11

10

09

$5,691

$5,734

$5,393

$5,398

$5,210

13

12

11

10

09

$3,087

$3,037

$2,683

$2,589

$2,643

13

12

11

10

09

$215

$1811

$179

$183

$189

0

2,000

4,000

6,000

0

1,000

2,000

3,000

4,000

0

100

200

300

solid colour: investment income
screen: realized investment gains

¹  Adjusted to exclude the impact of the government 
  guarantee fund exit fee reversal in 2012. 
  Including this adjustment, total investment income 
  was $367 million.

Investment portfolio 

13
Federal 
35%

12

11

10

Corporate 
09
42%

total:
$5.4 billion

Provincial
 16%

Cash
 4%
Common
equity
 3%

13

12

11

10

09

Assets 

2013 
 5,691  

13
Shareholders' Equity (Including AOCI) 

“2013 was another year of solid financial results driven by an 
improved credit profile in our insurance portfolio, a strong 
2013 
capital base and a high-quality investment portfolio. Our  
12
3,087  
$1.7 billion of unearned premiums and the strength of our 
business model position Genworth to continue to deliver 
attractive shareholder returns.” – Philip Mayers, CFO
10

2012  
3,037  

2011 
2,683  

2010 
2,589  

11

11

10

13

2009 
12
2,643  

2012 (2) 
 5,734  

2011 
 5,393  

2010 
 5,398  

2009 (1)
 5,210    

0

2000

4000

6000

0

1000

2000

3000

4000

09

0

100

200

300

average credit score on  
new insurance written  

effective loan-to-value (LTV) 

13

12

11

10

loan-to-value on new insurance 
written in 2013

100

200

300

09

0

Realized Investment gains

Investment income

727

727

729

733

750

700

650

600

13

12

11

10

09

08

07

06 &
prior

10

11

12

13

0

25

>90<95 
–
63%

91%
91%

90%
87%

90%
81%

91%
77%

91%
70%

92%
71%

91%
65%

90%
39%

100

Cash and other

Prov fixed income

Fed government

50

75

Note: All portfolio data is based on high loan-to-value mortgage insurance portfolio (individually insured mortgages)

genwor th MI  Ca na da  In C .  2013 annUaL  report 

Common shares

Original LTV

Effective LTV

Corp fixed income

<80
–
 9%

>80<85
–
 4%

>85<90
–
24%

7

750

700

Portfolio Distribution 

Corporate Fixed Income 

Federal Government 

Provincial Fixed Income 

Cash and Other 

Common Shares 

Total 

600

Total $5.4 billion 

Federal Government-Government Guarantee 

650

13

12

11

10

12/31/12 

 2,241,661  

 838,306  

9

8

 949,037  

 743,921  

 278,307  

7

 328,411  

6

effective loan to value

original LTV effective LTV

Rounded Percentages in Chart

06 & prior  90% 

average credit score*  2010 

IIF (as at Dec13) 

NIW (2013)  

719 

727 

2011 

719 

727 

41.7% 

15.6% 

17.6% 

13.8% 

5.2% 

6.1% 

7 

8 

2012 

9 

720 

10 

729 

11 

12 

13 

91% 

42%

92% 

2013

16%

91% 

720

17%

91% 

733  

14%

90% 

90% 

5%

91% 

6%

Total Flow  90% 

100%

13

12

11

10

39%

65%

71%

70%

77%

81%

87%

91%

57% 

13

12

11

10

 5,379,642  

0

25

100.0% 

50

75

100

400

500

600

700

800

720%

733%

720%

729%

719%

727%

>90-95

719%

727%

>85-90

>80-85

<=80

Loan to value by book year (NIW)   

<=80 

> 80–85 

> 85–90 

> 90–95 

09 

5% 

7% 

29% 

58% 

10 

6% 

8% 

34% 

53% 

11 

6% 

15% 

29% 

51% 

12 

7% 

15% 

21% 

57% 

13

9%

4%

24%

63%

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Management’s Discussion and Analysis 

For the year ended december 31, 2013

As of December 31, 2013
the fourth quarter and full year results and prior-period comparative results for genworth MI Canada Inc. (“genworth Canada” or the 

“Company”) reflect the consolidation of the Company and its subsidiaries, including genworth Financial Mortgage Insurance Company 

Canada (the “Insurance Subsidiary”). the Insurance Subsidiary is engaged in the provision of mortgage insurance in Canada and is 

regulated by the office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions (“oSFI”) as well as financial services regulators in each province.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
the following Management’s discussion and analysis (“Md&a”) of the financial condition and results of operations as approved by the 

Company’s board of directors (the “Board”) on February 18, 2014 is prepared for the year ended december 31, 2013. 

the audited consolidated financial statements of the Company were prepared in accordance with International Financial reporting 

Standards (“IFrS”). this Md&a should be read in conjunction with the Company’s financial statements. 

Interpretation
Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this Md&a to “genworth Canada” or the “Company” refer to 

genworth MI Canada Inc. and its subsidiaries. 

Unless the context otherwise requires, all financial information is presented on an IFrS basis. 

Forward-looking statements
this document contains forward-looking statements that involve certain risks. the Company’s actual results could differ materially 

from these forward-looking statements. For more information, please read “Special note regarding forward-looking statements” at 

the end of this document.

Non-IFRS financial measures

to supplement the Company’s consolidated financial statements, which are prepared in accordance with IFrS, the Company 

uses non-IFrS financial measures to analyze performance. non-IFrS financial measures include net operating income, operating 

earnings per common share (basic), operating earnings per common share (diluted), shareholders’ equity excluding accumulated 

other comprehensive income (“aoCI”), operating return on equity and underwriting ratios such as loss ratio, expense ratio and 

combined ratio. non-IFrS financial measures used by the Company to analyze the impact of the reversal of the government 

guarantee fund exit fee include adjusted net investment income, adjusted net income, adjusted earnings per common share (basic), 

adjusted earnings per common share (diluted), adjusted net operating income, adjusted operating earnings per common share 

(basic), adjusted operating earnings per common share (diluted), and adjusted operating return on equity. other non-IFrS measures 

used by the Company to analyze performance include insurance in force, new insurance written, minimum capital test (“MCt”) 

ratio, delinquency ratio, severity on claims paid, investment yield, book value per common share (basic) including aoCI, book value 

per common share (basic) excluding aoCI, book value per common share (diluted) including aoCI, book value per common share 

(diluted) excluding aoCI, and dividends paid per common share. the Company believes that these non-IFrS financial measures 

provide meaningful supplemental information regarding its performance and may be useful to investors because they allow for 

greater transparency with respect to key metrics used by management in its financial and operational decision making. non-IFrS 

financial measures do not have standardized meanings and are unlikely to be comparable to any similar measures presented by 

other companies. In addition, where applicable, non-IFrS measures used by the Company have been adjusted to analyze the 

impact of the reversal of the government guarantee fund exit fee.

8 

genwo rth MI C anada I n C .  20 13 annUaL  rep ort

See the “non-IFrS financial measures” section at the end of this Md&a for a reconciliation of net operating income to net income, 

operating earnings per common share (basic) to earnings per common share (basic), operating earnings per common share (diluted) 

to earnings per common share (diluted), and shareholders’ equity excluding aoCI to shareholders’ equity. definitions of key 

non-IFrS financial measures as well as an explanation of why these measures are useful to investors and the additional purposes 

for which management uses the measures can be found in the Company’s “glossary for non-IFrS financial measures,” in the 

“non-IFrS financial measures” section at the end of this Md&a.

Overall performance

Business background
genworth Canada is the leading private-sector residential mortgage insurer in Canada and has been providing mortgage insurance in 

Canada since 1995. the Company has built a broad underwriting and distribution platform across the country that provides customer-

focused products and support services to the vast majority of Canada’s residential mortgage lenders and originators. genworth Canada 

underwrites mortgage insurance for residential properties in all provinces and territories of Canada and has the leading market share 

among private mortgage insurers. the Canada Mortgage and housing Corporation (“CMhC”), a crown corporation, is the Company’s 

main competitor.

Seasonality
the mortgage insurance business is seasonal. premiums written vary each quarter, while net premiums earned, investment income and 

sales, underwriting and administrative expenses tend to be relatively more stable from quarter to quarter. the variations in premiums 

written are driven by mortgage origination activity and associated mortgage insurance policies written, which typically peak in the 

spring and summer months. Losses on claims vary from quarter to quarter, primarily as the result of prevailing economic conditions 

and characteristics of the insurance in force portfolio, such as size, age, seasonality and geographic mix of delinquencies. typically, 

losses on claims increase during the winter months, due primarily to an increase in frequency, and decrease during the spring and 

summer months.

Overall performance
the Company reported 2013 fourth quarter net income of $93 million or $0.98 per common share (diluted), and net operating income of 

$85 million or $0.90 operating earnings per common share (diluted). as compared to the fourth quarter in the prior year, net income this 

quarter decreased by $133 million, or 59%, and net operating income decreased by $141 million or 62%. the decrease was primarily 

the result of the $137 million after-tax impact of the reversal of the government guarantee fund exit fees in the fourth quarter of 2012. 

excluding the $137 million, net income increased by $4 million, or 4%, to $93 million as higher net gains on investment and lower losses 

on claims were partially offset by lower earned premiums, higher expenses and a higher effective tax rate. the loss ratio in the fourth 

quarter of 2013 was 22%, as compared to 31% in the fourth quarter of 2012.

Outlook 
the mortgage insurance business is affected by changes in economic, employment and housing market trends as well as changes 

in government policy. the housing market is affected by trends in interest rates, home price changes, mortgage origination volume, 

government regulation and mortgage delinquencies.

the Company expects that the macroeconomic environment in 2014 will be characterized by the following factors: 

• 

Canadian gross domestic product (“GDP”) is expected to grow from 1.6% in 2013 to 2.3% in 2014 based on the 

Bank of Canada forecasts.

• 

The unemployment rate is expected to decline slightly from the December 2013 rate of 7.2% based on the consensus 

economic forecast.

• 

Interest rates should remain relatively low by historical standards, even after factoring in the potential for a rate increase by the 

Bank of Canada in 2014.

genwor th MI  Ca na da  In C .  2013 annUaL  report 

9

Management’s discussion and analysis (continued)

For the year ended december 31, 2013

•  Housing resale activity should increase modestly from the 455,000 units in 2013 based on the Canadian Real Estate 

association’s forecast.

•  National home prices should remain flat or increase modestly in 2014.

while these macroeconomic factors are supportive of a relatively stable housing market, the 2012 product changes have resulted in a 

smaller high loan-to-value mortgage origination market, since the second half of 2012. the Company believes that the high loan-to-value 

mortgage market has normalized, and going forward, the growth rate of the high loan-to-value market should keep pace with the overall 

housing resale market. In summary, the Company expects that the 2014 residential mortgage insurance premium opportunity for high 

loan-to-value mortgages will be modestly higher than in 2013, in line with the expected increase in housing resale activity.

the Company remains focused on continuing to grow its market share for high loan-to-value mortgages by executing its customer-

focused sales and service strategies. the Company also insures portfolios of low loan-to-value mortgages. demand for portfolio 

insurance fluctuates based on the specific needs of each lender. For both the core high loan-to-value and low loan-to-value portfolio 

insurance segments, the Company intends to maintain a high-quality insurance portfolio through active risk management. 

Based on the expected market conditions, the Company expects that its full year loss ratio for 2014 should be generally in the 25% to 

35% range, as compared to its 35% to 40% long-term target loss ratio range.

the Company continues to actively manage its approximately $5.4 billion investment portfolio, which consists primarily of highly rated 

fixed income securities. the Company’s asset mix includes a small allocation to dividend-paying common shares, which currently offer 

higher pre-tax equivalent yields. the investment portfolio has a relatively short portfolio duration of 3.7 years, including cash and cash 

equivalents of $214 million and approximately $735 million of maturities in 2014. Interest rates have increased modestly from the end 

of the second quarter of 2013, and the Company’s investment portfolio yield is 3.7% as at december 31, 2013. Current market yields 

on securities similar to the investment portfolio remain below the current investment portfolio yield, and in the current low interest rate 

environment the Company’s investment yield will continue to be impacted by the relatively low reinvestment rates. 

the Company manages its capital base to maintain a balance between capital strength, efficiency and flexibility. as at december 31,  

2013, the Insurance Subsidiary’s MCt ratio was 223%, or 38 percentage points higher than its internal target of 185%. the Company 

plans to operate with an MCt ratio above 190% in order to provide the flexibility necessary to support its in force insurance, to fund 

new insurance written growth opportunities that may become available, to maintain strong credit ratings and to optimize returns to 

shareholders.

with $1.7 billion of unearned premiums and $3.1 billion of shareholders’ equity, the Company is well positioned as the leading private 

mortgage insurer through its significant scale, execution of customer-focused sales and service strategies, proactive risk management of 

its insurance portfolio, and prudent investment management. 

Regulatory environment

Government guarantee legislation 

on January 1, 2013, the Protection of Residential Mortgage or Hypothecary Insurance Act (Canada) (“prMhIa”) came into force 

and established a legislative framework that replaced the guarantee agreement that the Company had with the federal government 

of Canada (the “guarantee agreement”). private mortgage insurers pay a risk fee of 2.25% of the gross premiums written to the 

government under prMhIa.

10 

genwo rth MI C anada I n C .  20 13 annUaL  rep ort

Mortgage insurance eligibility rules 

Under prMhIa the government established regulations that set out the criteria that a mortgage has to meet in order to be insured. 

Some of these factors for high loan-to-value mortgages are:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

A maximum mortgage amortization of 25 years. 

Refinanced mortgages limited to a loan-to-value of 80% or less. 

Capping the maximum gross debt service ratios at 39% and total debt service ratios at 44%. 

Capping home purchase price at less than $1 million. 

Setting a minimum credit score of 600.

Low loan-to-value mortgages

In the 2013 federal budget, the government of Canada proposed to gradually limit the insurance of low loan-to-value mortgages to 

only those mortgages that will be used in CMhC securitization programs. In addition, the government has indicated an intention 

to prohibit the use of any taxpayer-backed insured mortgage, both high and low loan-to-value, as collateral in securitization vehicles that 

are not sponsored by CMhC. the Company is in dialogue with the government of Canada as it designs the structure to implement the 

proposed changes. the final impact of these proposed changes on the business of the Company cannot be assessed at this time.

OSFI Corporate Governance Guideline 

oSFI’s revised Corporate governance guideline came into force January 1, 2014. the guideline addresses Board and committee 

responsibilities and competencies, the development of a risk appetite framework and the overall internal control framework.  

to the extent the Company has deemed appropriate, it has made enhancements to its corporate governance structure to align with 

this guideline.

Draft Own Risk and Solvency Assessment Guideline 

on november 11, 2013, oSFI published the final version of guideline e-19 – own risk and Solvency assessment (the “orSa”), with 

an effective date of January 1, 2014. an orSa project plan must be submitted to oSFI by March 31, 2014 and the final report must 

be approved by the Board of directors no later than december 31, 2014. this new guideline sets out oSFI’s expectations with respect 

to an insurer’s own view of its risks and solvency requirements. the prime purpose of the orSa is for an insurer to identify material 

risks, and to assess the adequacy of its risk management and the adequacy of its current and likely future capital needs and solvency 

positions. the orSa should be forward looking and be congruent with an insurer’s business and strategic planning. the Company does 

not anticipate a significant impact on its capital position from the implementation of the orSa.

B-21 – Mortgage Insurance Underwriting Guidelines

the Company expects that oSFI will publish mortgage insurance underwriting guidelines in the first half of 2014 that will be based on 

the principles in its guideline B-20, residential Mortgage Underwriting practices and procedures. It is the Company’s expectation that 

the new mortgage insurance specific guideline will generally be aligned with the Company’s existing practices, and as a result, should 

not have a significant impact on its operations.

Proposed Changes to the Regulatory Capital Framework 

on June 25, 2013, oSFI released a discussion paper on proposed Changes to the regulatory Capital Framework for Federally regulated 

property and Casualty (“p&C”) insurers. the purpose of the proposed changes is to ensure that p&C insurers continue to have a 

robust risk-based capital test. oSFI noted that it has commenced an internal process aimed at developing a new capital framework 

for mortgage insurers. the Company believes that this new capital framework for mortgage insurers may differ in structure from the 

current MCt and expects that the earliest effective date of the new test will be in 2015. the Company is in dialogue with oSFI on the 

development of the new test. at this time, there are insufficient details available to estimate the impact of any new test on the capital 

requirements of the Company.

genwor th MI  Ca na da  In C .  2013 annUaL  report 

11

Management’s discussion and analysis (continued)

For the year ended december 31, 2013

Results of operations 
the following table sets forth certain financial information for the fourth quarter and full year of 2013 and 2012.

(In millions of dollars, unless otherwise specified) 

2013 

2012 

2013 

2012

For the three months 
ended december 31 

For the twelve months 
ended december 31

Income statement data
net premiums written 

net premiums earned 
Losses on claims and expenses: 
  Losses on claims 
  expenses 

total losses on claims and expenses 

net underwriting income 
net investment income(1) 
Impact of reversal of government guarantee fund exit fees 
Interest expense 
Income before income taxes   

net income(1) 

net operating income(1),(2) 

$ 

$ 

129  

142  

$ 

$ 

117 

147  

$ 

$ 

512 

573  

$ 

$ 

31 
33 

64 

78 
56  
—  
(6) 
128 

93 

85 

$ 

$ 

46 
28 

74 

73 
47 
186 
(6) 
300 

226 

226 

$ 

$ 

142  
113  

255  

319 
215  
— 
(23) 
511  

375  

349  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

550

589 

194 
105 

298 

291 
181  
186 
(23)
635 

470 

462 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding  
Basic 
diluted 

 94,904,567 
 94,907,933 

 98,695,175 
 98,836,531 

 97,049,781 
 97,067,722 

98,684,587 
98,806,915

Earnings per common share ratios 
earnings per common share (basic)(1) 
earnings per common share (diluted)(1),(3) 

Selected non-IFRS financial measures(2)  
Insurance in force 
new insurance written 
Loss ratio 
expense ratio 
Combined ratio 
operating return on equity(1) 
MCt ratio 
delinquency ratio 
Severity on claims paid 
operating earnings per common share (basic)(1)  
operating earnings per common share (diluted)(1),(3) 

$ 
$ 

0.98  
0.98  

$ 
$ 

2.29 
2.29 

$ 
$ 

3.86  
3.86  

$ 
$ 

4.77 
4.76 

$  316,702  
7,693  
$ 
22% 
23% 
45% 
12% 
223% 
0.12% 
29% 
0.90  
0.90  

$ 
$ 

$  301,456 
8,472  
$ 
31% 
19% 
50% 
33% 
170% 
0.14% 
34% 
2.29 
2.28 

$ 
$ 

$  316,702 
34,985  
$ 
25% 
20% 
44% 
12% 
223% 
0.12% 
30% 
3.60  
3.60  

$ 
$ 

$  301,456 
41,286 
$ 
33%
18%
51%
17%
170%
0.14%
32%
4.68 
4.67 

$ 
$ 

Note: Amounts may not total due to rounding. 
(1) 

 Excluding the impact of the government guarantee fund exit fee reversal in investment income of $186 million in the fourth quarter of 2012, adjusted IFRS and non-IFRS financial measures 
for the fourth quarter of 2012 would have been adjusted net investment income $47 million, adjusted net income $89 million, adjusted net operating income $89 million, adjusted earnings 
per common share (basic) $0.90, (diluted) $0.90, adjusted operating earnings per common share (basic) $0.90, (diluted) $0.90 and adjusted operating return on equity 13%. Excluding the 
impact of the government guarantee fund exit fee reversal in investment income of $166 million related to 2011 and prior years, adjusted IFRS and non-IFRS financial measures for the full 
year of 2012 would have been adjusted net investment income $201 million, adjusted net income $348 million, adjusted net operating income $339 million, adjusted earnings per common 
share (basic) $3.53, (diluted) $3.52, adjusted operating earnings per common share (basic) $3.44, (diluted) $3.43, and adjusted operating return on equity 13%.
(2)  These financial measures are not calculated based on IFRS. See the “Non-IFRS financial measures” section at the end of this MD&A for additional information.
(3)  The difference between basic and diluted number of common shares outstanding is caused by the potentially dilutive impact of share-based compensation awards.

12 

genwo rth MI C anada I n C .  20 13 annUaL  rep ort

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fourth quarter highlights
Compared to the fourth quarter of 2012:

•  Net income decreased by $133 million, or 59%, to $93 million and net operating income decreased by $141 million, or 62%, to 

$85 million, primarily the result of the $137 million after-tax impact of the reversal of the government guarantee fund exit fees into 

investment income that occurred in the prior year’s period. excluding the $137 million, net income increased by $4 million, or 4%, 

to $93 million, as higher net gains on investments and lower losses on claims offset lower earned premiums, higher expenses and 

a higher effective tax rate.

•  Net premiums written increased by $13 million, or 11%, to $129 million, primarily the result of higher levels of premiums written 

on high loan-to-value mortgages due to a larger mortgage origination market for purchase transactions, partially offset by lower 

demand for portfolio insurance on low loan-to-value mortgages.

• 

Premiums earned decreased by $5 million, or 3%, to $142 million, primarily due to a $5 million lower earnings curve adjustment as 

compared to the fourth quarter of 2012.

• 

Losses on claims decreased by $15 million, or 33%, to $31 million, primarily due to an overall decrease in new reported 

delinquencies, as well as a shift in mix, including fewer delinquencies from the alberta 2007 and 2008 books, where the severity on 

claims paid has typically been higher than severity on claims paid in other provinces.

• 

Expenses increased by $5 million, or 19%, to $33 million, primarily due to an increase in share-based compensation expense as a 

result of a 22% increase in the Company’s share price.

2013 highlights
Compared to the twelve months ended december 31, 2012:

•  Net income decreased by $95 million, or 20%, to $375 million and net operating income decreased by $113 million, or 24%, to 

$349 million, primarily the result of the $137 million after-tax impact of the reversal of the government guarantee fund exit fees into 

investment income. excluding the $137 million, net income increased by $41 million, or 12%, to $375 million and net operating 

income increased by $24 million, or 8%, primarily due to lower losses on claims and higher investment income, partially offset by 

higher expenses, lower earned premiums and a higher effective tax rate.

•  Net premiums written decreased by $38 million, or 7%, to $512 million, primarily the result of lower levels of premiums written on 

high loan-to-value mortgages due to a smaller refinance market related to the change to the government guarantee eligibility rules 

and lower demand for portfolio insurance on low loan-to-value mortgages. 

• 

Premiums earned decreased by $16 million, or 3%, to $573 million, primarily due to a $15 million lower earnings curve adjustment 

as compared to the twelve months ended 2012, as well as the aging of the larger 2007 and 2008 books, partially offset by the 

elimination of the risk premium related to the guarantee agreement.

• 

Losses on claims decreased by $52 million, or 27%, to $142 million, due to an overall decrease in new reported delinquencies, as 

well as a shift in mix, including fewer from the alberta 2007 and 2008 books, where the severity on claims paid has typically been 

higher than severity on claims paid in other provinces.

genwor th MI  Ca na da  In C .  2013 annUaL  report 

13

Management’s discussion and analysis (continued)

For the year ended december 31, 2013

Fourth quarter performance
the following table sets forth the quarterly results of operations for the Company’s business:

For the three months ended 
december 31 

Increase (decrease) and 
percentage change

(In millions of dollars, unless otherwise specified) 

net premiums written 

net premiums earned 

Losses on claims and expenses:
  Losses on claims 
  expenses 

total losses on claims and expenses 

net underwriting income 
Investment income:

Interest and dividend income, net of investment expenses   

  net investment gains 
  government guarantee fund earnings 

Impact of the reversal of government guarantee fund exit fees  

total net investment income(1)  
Interest expense 

Income before income taxes   
provision for income taxes 

net income(1) 
adjustment to net income: 
  net investment gains, net of taxes 

net operating income(1),(2) 

effective tax rate 
Selected non-IFRS financial measures(2)  
Loss ratio 
expense ratio 
Combined ratio 
operating return on equity(1) 
Investment yield 

2013  

129 

142 

$ 

$ 

2012 

117 

147 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 Q4’13 vs. Q4’12

13 

(5) 

(15) 
5 

(10) 

6 

5 
11 
(7) 
(186) 

(177) 
— 

 (172) 
(39) 

(133) 

31 
33 

64 

78 

44 
11 
— 
— 

56  
(6) 

128  
35 

46 
28 

74 

73 

39 
1 
7 
186 

233  
(6) 

300  
74 

93 

$ 

226  

$ 

$ 

$ 

(8) 

(0) 

(8) 

85  

$ 

226  

$ 

(141)  

27.5% 

24.7% 

22% 
23% 
45% 
12% 
3.6% 

31% 
19% 
50% 
33% 
3.8% 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

11%

(3)%

(33)%
19%

(14)%

8%

12%
nM
nM 
nM

(76)%
0%

(57)%
(52)%

(59)%

nM

(62)%

3%

(10) pts
4 pts
(5) pts
(22) pts
(0.2) pts

Notes: Amounts may not total due to rounding. 
The Company defines NM as “not meaningful” for increases or decreases greater than 100%.
(1) 

 Excluding the impact of the government guarantee fund exit fee reversal in investment income of $186 million in the fourth quarter of 2012, adjusted IFRS and non-IFRS financial measures 
for the fourth quarter of 2012 would have been adjusted net investment income $47 million, adjusted net income $89 million, adjusted net operating income $89 million and adjusted 
operating return on equity 13%.

(2)  The financial measures are not calculated based on IFRS. See the “Non-IFRS financial measures” section at the end of this MD&A for additional information.

14 

genwo rth MI C anada I n C .  20 13 annUaL  rep ort

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fourth quarter 2013 compared to fourth quarter 2012 
new insurance written on high loan-to-value mortgages increased by $0.8 billion, or 19%, to $5.2 billion in the fourth quarter of 2013 as 

compared to the prior year’s period, primarily due to a $0.9 billion increase in new insurance written on purchase transactions, partially 

offset by a $0.1 billion decrease in new insurance written on refinance transactions. the Company believes the increase in high loan-

to-value new insurance written on purchase transactions was primarily the result of a larger market size as compared to the prior year’s 

period. the Company expects refinance transactions to represent a small portion of new insurance written in the foreseeable future as 

a result of the change made by the government to the mortgage insurance eligibility rules, which took effect in July 2012 and which 

reduced the maximum loan-to-value on refinance transactions from 85% to 80%. 

new insurance written on low loan-to-value mortgages was $2.5 billion in the fourth quarter of 2013, as compared to $4.1 billion in the 

prior year’s period, as a result of a decrease in demand for low loan-to-value mortgage insurance.

net premiums written increased by $13 million, or 11%, to $129 million in the fourth quarter of 2013 as compared to the prior year’s 

period, primarily the result of $17 million of higher premiums from high loan-to-value new insurance written and $2 million from the 

elimination of the risk premium related to the government guarantee agreement partially offset by $6 million from reduced low loan-to-

value new insurance written. Compared to the prior year’s period, the increase in premiums from high loan-to-value new insurance written 

was the result of a larger high loan-to-value mortgage origination market partially offset by a higher mix of 25-year amortization mortgages, 

which have a lower premium rate compared to mortgages with a 30-year amortization period.

premiums from low loan-to-value mortgages were $11 million in the fourth quarter of 2013, as compared to $17 million in the prior year’s 

period, as a result of a decrease in low loan-to-value mortgage insurance opportunities. the Company is proactively managing its total 

exposure and believes there is ample room within the $300 billion private insurers’ cap to continue to write its anticipated levels of both 

high and low loan-to-value volumes of insured mortgages into the foreseeable future.

net premiums earned decreased by $5 million, or 3%, to $142 million in the fourth quarter of 2013 as compared to the prior year’s period. 

the decline was primarily the result of a smaller earnings curve adjustment in the fourth quarter of 2013 of $3 million as compared to 

$8 million in the prior year’s period. reduced earnings from the large 2007 and 2008 books of business were offset by the elimination 

of the risk premium in the fourth quarter of 2013 as compared to a $2 million risk premium in the prior year’s period. the risk premium 

was replaced by a risk fee equal to 2.25% of gross premiums written, which was $3 million in the fourth quarter of 2013. the risk fee is 

accounted for as a premium acquisition expense and is initially deferred and then expensed in proportion to and over the period in which 

premiums are earned.

Losses on claims decreased by $15 million, or 33%, to $31 million in the fourth quarter of 2013 as compared to the prior year’s period. 

the decrease was primarily due to strong portfolio quality, declining unemployment rates and modest home price appreciation, which led 

to an overall decrease in new reported delinquencies, as well as a shift in mix, including fewer delinquencies from the alberta 2007 and 

2008 books, where the severity on claims paid has typically been higher than severity on claims paid in other provinces. the Company 

continues to realize savings from its loss mitigation programs, including workout and asset management initiatives which also contributed 

to lower losses on claims. as compared to the prior year’s period, the loss ratio declined by 10 percentage points to 22% for the fourth 

quarter of 2013, primarily due to the $15 million decrease in losses on claims. 

expenses increased by $5 million, or 19%, to $33 million in the fourth quarter of 2013 primarily due to an increase in share-based 

compensation expense, as compared to the prior year’s period. Share-based compensation of $6 million in the fourth quarter of 2013 was 

higher by $5 million, as compared to the prior year, primarily due to the increase in the Company’s share price from $28.97 at September 30,  

2013 to $36.63 at december 31, 2013. the expense ratio increased 4 percentage points to 23% for the fourth quarter of 2013, with 

approximately 3 percentage points due to the higher expenses and approximately 1 percentage point due to the lower earned premium, 

as compared to the prior year’s period.

genwor th MI  Ca na da  In C .  2013 annUaL  report 

15

Management’s discussion and analysis (continued)

For the year ended december 31, 2013

excluding the $186 million1 reversal of the government guarantee fund exit fees in the fourth quarter of 2012, interest and dividend 

income from the investment portfolio, inclusive of the government guarantee fund earnings, decreased $2 million, or 5%, to $44 million 

in the fourth quarter of 2013, as compared to the prior year’s period. the $2 million decrease was primarily the result of a $1 million 

reduction in dividend income consistent with the decrease in common equities held in the portfolio and a $1 million reduction in interest 

income due to low reinvestment rates, partially offset by higher assets, as compared to the prior year’s period. the investment yield 

declined 0.2 percentage points to 3.6, as compared to the prior year’s period, primarily related to the decline in fixed income investment 

yields. the Company recorded $11 million net investment gains in the fourth quarter of 2013, primarily from the sale of equities, as 

compared to $1 million in the prior year’s period.

Interest expense remained flat at $6 million in the fourth quarter of 2013 as compared to the prior year’s period.

the effective tax rate of 27.5% in the fourth quarter of 2013 increased by approximately 290 basis points as compared to the prior year’s 

period. the fourth quarter of 2013 includes approximately $1 million of additional taxes related to higher share-based compensation 

expense, a significant portion of which is non-deductible, and approximately $1 million of additional taxes from a decrease in non-taxable 

dividend income, as compared to the prior year’s period. additionally, the prior year’s period included $2 million of tax benefits from the 

recognition of tax losses available for carryforward relating to pMI Mortgage Insurance Company Canada, a subsidiary acquired by the 

Company, in the fourth quarter of 2012. the combined basic federal and provincial income tax rate of 26% was relatively unchanged as 

compared to the prior year’s period.

the MCt ratio increased approximately 53 percentage points to 223% in the fourth quarter of 2013 as compared to the prior year’s 

period. of the 53 percentage point increase, approximately 40 percentage points were due to the elimination of the government 

guarantee fund and the reversal of the exit fees previously accrued. the remaining increase was related primarily to an increase 

in retained earnings from the Company’s continued profitability, net of dividends paid and the decline in unrealized investment 

portfolio gains. 

net income decreased by $133 million, or 59%, to $93 million, and net operating income decreased by $141 million, or 62%, to 

$85 million, primarily the result of the $137 million after-tax impact of the reversal of the government guarantee fund exit fees into 

investment income that occurred in the prior year’s period. excluding the $137 million, net income increased by $4 million, or 4% 

to $93 million, due to higher net gains on investments and lower losses on claims, partially offset by lower earned premium, higher 

expenses and a higher effective tax rate. excluding the $137 million, net operating income decreased by $4 million, or 4%, due to lower 

earned premium, higher expenses and a higher effective tax rate, partially offset by lower losses on claims.

(1) 

 The impact of the government guarantee fund exit fee reversal resulted in $186 million of additional investment income in the fourth quarter of 2012, consisting of $166 million related to 
exit fees accrued in 2011 and prior years and a further $20 million accrued for the first nine months of 2012.

16 

genwo rth MI C anada I n C .  20 13 annUaL  rep ort

Full year performance
the following table sets forth the year to date results of operations for the Company’s business:

For the twelve months ended 
december 31 

Increase (decrease) and 
percentage change

  2013 vs. 2012

(In millions of dollars, unless otherwise specified) 

net premiums written 

net premiums earned 

Losses on claims and expenses:
  Losses on claims 
  expenses 

total losses on claims and expenses 

net underwriting income 
Investment income:

Interest and dividend income, net of investment expenses   

  net investment gains 
  government guarantee fund earnings 

Impact of the reversal of government guarantee fund exit fees  

total investment income(1) 
Interest expense 

Income before income taxes   
provision for income taxes 

net income(1) 
adjustment to net income: 
  net investment gains, net of taxes 

net operating income(1),(2) 

effective tax rate 
Selected non-IFRS financial measures(2)  
Loss ratio 
expense ratio 
Combined ratio 
operating return on equity(1) 
Investment yield 

2013  

512 

573 

$ 

$ 

2012 

550 

589 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

142 
113 

255 

319 

179 
37 
— 
— 

216  
(23) 

511  
136 

194 
105 

298 

291 

162 
12 
7 
186 

367  
(23) 

635  
164 

$ 

375 

$ 

470  

$ 

(38) 

(16) 

(52) 
8 

(44) 

28 

17 
25 
(7) 
(186) 

(152) 
— 

(124) 
(28) 

(95) 

(26) 

(9) 

(17) 

$ 

349  

$ 

462  

$ 

(113)  

26.7% 

25.9% 

25% 
20% 
44% 
12% 
3.7% 

33% 
18% 
51% 
17% 
4.0% 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

(7)%

(3)%

(27)%
8%

(15)%

10%

10%
nM
nM 
nM

(41)%
0%

(19)%
(17)%

(20)%

nM

(24)%

1%

(8) pts
2 pts
(6) pts
(5) pts
(0.3) pts

Notes: Amounts may not total due to rounding. 
The Company defines NM as “not meaningful” for increases or decreases greater than 100%.
(1) 

 Excluding the impact of the government guarantee fund exit fee reversal in investment income of $166 million, related to 2011 and prior years, adjusted IFRS and non-IFRS financial 
measures for the year 2012 would have been adjusted net investment income $201 million, adjusted net income $348 million, adjusted net operating income $339 million, and adjusted 
operating return on equity 13%.

(2)  These financial measures are not calculated based on IFRS. See the “Non-IFRS financial measures” section at the end of this MD&A for additional information.

genwor th MI  Ca na da  In C .  2013 annUaL  report 

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management’s discussion and analysis (continued)

For the year ended december 31, 2013

2013 compared to 2012
new insurance written on high loan-to-value mortgages decreased by $1.4 billion, or 7%, to $20 billion in the twelve months ended 

december 31, 2013, as compared to the prior year’s period, primarily due to a $2.0 billion decrease in new insurance written on 

refinance transactions partially offset by a $0.6 billion increase in new insurance written on purchase transactions. the Company 

believes the increase in high loan-to-value new insurance written on purchase transactions was primarily the result of a slightly larger 

mortgage originations market in 2013, after the impact of the July 2012 change in the government guarantee eligibility rules that 

reduced the maximum amortization from 30 to 25 years, as compared to the prior year’s period. the decrease in refinance transactions 

was also due to the July 2012 change in the government guarantee eligibility rules, which reduced the maximum loan-to-value on 

refinance transactions from 85% to 80%, as compared to the prior year’s period. the Company expects refinance transactions to 

represent a small portion of new insurance written in the foreseeable future. 

new insurance written on low loan-to-value mortgages was $15.5 billion in the twelve months ended december 31, 2013, as compared 

to $20.4 billion in the prior year’s period, as a result of fewer low loan-to-value mortgage insurance opportunities. 

net premiums written decreased by $38 million, or 7%, to $512 million in the twelve months ended december 31, 2013 as compared 

to the prior year’s period, primarily the result of $36 million in lower premiums from high loan-to-value new insurance written, and 

$13 million of lower low loan-to-value new insurance written, partially offset by $10 million from the elimination of the risk premium 

related to the government guarantee agreement. Compared to the prior year’s period, the decrease in premiums from high loan-to-

value new insurance written was the result of a smaller high loan-to-value mortgage origination market for refinance transactions and 

a higher mix of 25-year amortization mortgages, which have a lower premium rate compared to mortgages with a 30-year amortization 

period, partially offset by a slightly larger high loan-to-value mortgage originations market for purchase transactions. 

premiums from low loan-to-value mortgages were $65 million in the twelve months ended december 31, 2013, as compared to 

$77 million in the prior year’s period, as a result of fewer low loan-to-value mortgage insurance opportunities. the Company is proactively 

managing its total government guarantee exposure and believes there is ample room within the $300 billion private insurers’ cap to 

continue to write its anticipated levels of both high and low loan-to-value volumes of insured mortgages into the foreseeable future. 

net premiums earned decreased by $16 million, or 3%, to $573 million in the twelve months ended december 31, 2013 as compared 

to the prior year’s period. the decline was primarily the result of smaller earnings curve adjustments. earnings curve adjustments in the 

twelve months ended december 31, 2013 were $12 million as compared to $27 million in the prior year’s period. reduced earnings 

from the large 2007 and 2008 books of business were offset by the elimination of the risk premium in the twelve months ended 

december 31, 2013 as compared to a $10 million risk premium in the prior year’s period. the risk premium was replaced by a risk fee 

equal to 2.25% of gross premiums written, which was $12 million in the twelve months ended december 31, 2013. the risk fee is 

accounted for as a premium acquisition expense and is initially deferred and then expensed in proportion to and over the period in which 

premiums are earned.

Losses on claims decreased by $52 million, or 27%, to $142 million in the twelve months ended december 31, 2013 as compared to 

the prior year’s period. the decrease in losses on claims was primarily due to strong portfolio quality, declining unemployment rates 

and modest home price appreciation. this led to an overall decrease in new reported delinquencies, as compared to the prior year’s 

period, as well as a shift in mix, with fewer new reported delinquencies from the alberta 2007 and 2008 books, where the severity on 

claims paid has typically been higher than severity on claims paid in other provinces. the Company continues to realize savings from 

its loss mitigation programs, including workout and asset management initiatives, which also contributed to lower losses on claims. 

as compared to the prior year’s period, the loss ratio decreased 8 percentage points, to 25%, primarily due to the decrease in losses.

18 

genwo rth MI C anada I n C .  20 13 annUaL  rep ort

expenses increased $8 million, or 8%, in the twelve months ended december 31, 2013, primarily due to an increase in share-based 

compensation expense, as compared to the prior year’s period. Share-based compensation expense of $11 million in 2013 was 

$8 million higher as compared to the prior year due to the increase in the Company’s share price from $22.59 at december 31, 2012 

to $36.63 at december 31, 2013. as compared to the prior year’s period, the expense ratio increased 2 percentage points to 20%, 

approximately 1 percentage point due to the higher expenses and approximately 1 percentage point due to the lower earned premium, 

as compared to the prior year’s period.

excluding the $186 million1 reversal of the government guarantee fund exit fee in the fourth quarter of 2012, interest and dividend 

income from the investment portfolio, inclusive of government guarantee fund earnings, increased by $10 million, or 6%, to $179 million 

in the twelve months ended december 31, 2013 as compared to the prior year’s period. the $10 million increase was primarily the 

result of the elimination of $20 million of exit fees related to the government guarantee fund, partially offset by $10 million lower net 

investment income resulting from lower fixed income investment yields, as compared to the prior year’s period. dividend income of 

$9 million in the twelve months ended december 31, 2013 was $3 million lower than in the prior year’s period, consistent with the 

decrease in common equities held in the portfolio. the pre-tax equivalent investment yield declined 0.3 percentage points, to 3.7, as 

compared to the prior year’s period, primarily related to the decline in fixed income reinvestment yields and lower common equity 

holdings. the Company recorded $37 million net investment gains in the twelve months ended december 31, 2013, primarily from the 

sale of equities, as compared to $12 million in the prior year’s period. 

Interest expense remained flat at $23 million in the twelve months ended december 31, 2013 as compared to the prior year’s period.

the effective tax rate of 26.7% increased by approximately 80 basis points in the twelve months ended december 31, 2013, as 

compared to the prior year’s period. In the twelve months ended december 31, 2013, additional taxes of approximately $2 million 

resulted from higher share-based compensation expense, a significant portion of which is non-deductible, and additional taxes 

of approximately $1 million from lower non-taxable dividend income, as compared to the prior year’s period. the twelve months 

ended december 31, 2012 included $2 million of tax benefits from the recognition of tax losses available for carryforward related to 

pMI Mortgage Insurance Company Canada, a new subsidiary acquired in the fourth quarter of 2012, offset by a $2 million increase in 

taxes in 2012 related to the impact of an increase in the ontario provincial tax rate on the Company’s cumulative deferred income taxes 

which was comprised primarily of timing differences associated with the government guarantee fund. the combined basic federal and 

provincial income tax rate of 26% was relatively unchanged as compared to the prior year’s period.

the MCt ratio increased approximately 53 percentage points to 223% in the fourth quarter of 2013 as compared to the prior year’s 

period. of the 53 percentage point increase, approximately 40 percentage points were due to the elimination of the government 

guarantee fund and the reversal of the exit fees previously accrued. the remaining increase was related primarily to an increase 

in retained earnings from the Company’s continued profitability, net of dividends paid and the decline in unrealized investment 

portfolio gains.

net income decreased by $95 million, or 20%, to $375 million, and net operating income decreased by $113 million, or 24%, to 

$349 million, in the twelve months ended december 31, 2013, primarily the result of the $137 million after-tax impact of the reversal 

of the government guarantee fund exit fee into investment income, as compared to the prior year’s period. excluding the $137 million, 

net income increased by $41 million, or 12%, to $375 million and net operating income increased by $24 million, or 8%, primarily due to 

lower losses on claims and higher investment income partially offset by higher expenses, lower earned premiums and a higher effective 

tax rate.

(1) 

 The impact of the government guarantee fund exit fee reversal resulted in $186 million of additional investment income in the fourth quarter of 2012, consisting of $166 million related to 
exit fees accrued in 2011 and prior years and a further $20 million accrued for the first nine months of 2012.

genwor th MI  Ca na da  In C .  2013 annUaL  report 

19

Management’s discussion and analysis (continued)

For the year ended december 31, 2013

Statement of financial position highlights and selected financial data 

(In millions of dollars, unless otherwise specified) 

2013  

2012 

  2013 vs. 2012

As at 
December 31 

as at 
december 31 

Increase (decrease) and 
percentage change

Investments: 
general portfolio 
government guarantee fund 
other assets 
Subrogation recoverable 

total assets 
Unearned premium reserves   
Loss reserves 
Long-term debt 
other liabilities 

total liabilities 
Shareholders’ equity excluding aoCI(1) 
accumulated other comprehensive income (“aoCI”) 

Shareholders’ equity 
total liabilities and shareholders’ equity 

Selected non-IFRS financial measures(1)  
MCt ratio 

Book value per common share 
number of common shares outstanding (basic) 
Book value per common share including aoCI (basic) 
Book value per common share excluding aoCI (basic) 

number of common shares outstanding (diluted) 
Book value per common share including aoCI (diluted)(2)    
Book value per common share excluding aoCI (diluted)(2)   
Dividends paid per common share during the year(3) 

$ 

$ 

5,375 
— 
241 
76 

5,691 
1,724 
117  
423 
340  

2,604  
2,963 
124  

3,087 
5,691  

$ 

$ 

4,400  
979 
264 
91 

5,734 
1,785 
139 
422 
351 

2,697  
2,816 
221 

3,037 
5,734 

$ 

$ 

975  
(979) 
(23) 
(16) 

(43) 
(61) 
(22) 
1 
(11) 

(93) 
147 
(97) 

50 
(43) 

22%
nM
(9)%
(17)%

(1)%
(3)%
(16)%
0%
(3)%

(3)%
5%
(44)%

2%
(1)%

223% 

170% 

—  

53 pts

 94,910,880 
32.53  
$ 
31.22  
$ 

 98,698,018 
30.77  
$ 
28.53  
$ 

  (3,787,138) 
1.76  
$ 
2.69  
$ 

 94,918,169 
32.53 
$ 
31.22 
$ 
1.31 
$ 

 99,174,050 
30.62 
$ 
28.40 
$ 
1.19  
$ 

  (4,255,881) 
1.91 
$ 
2.82 
$ 

(4)%
6%
9%

(4)%
6%
10%

Note: Amounts may not total due to rounding. 
The Company defines NM as “not meaningful” for increases or decreases greater than 100%.
(1)  These financial measures are not calculated based on IFRS. See the “non-IFRS financial measures” section at the end of this MD&A for additional information.
(2)  The difference between basic and diluted number of common shares outstanding is caused by the potentially dilutive impact of share-based compensation awards.
(3)  Dividends paid per common share reflect payment for the full year of 2013 and 2012.

20 

genwo rth MI C anada I n C .  20 13 annUaL  rep ort

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
the table below shows the one-year development of the Company’s loss reserves for the five most recent completed years.

Reserve development analysis

(In millions of dollars, unless otherwise specified) 

total loss reserves, at the beginning of the year 
Loss reserves for prior years’ delinquent loans,  

remaining at the end of the year (a) 

Change in loss reserves for prior years’ delinquent loans 
paid claims for prior years’ delinquent loans 

Favourable (unfavourable) development 
as a percentage of total loss reserves,  
  at the beginning of the year  
Loss reserves for current year’s delinquent loans,  
  at the end of the year (B) 

total loss reserves at the end of the year (a+B) 

Note: Amounts may not total due to rounding. 

As at 
Dec. 31 

2013 

as at 
dec. 31 

2012 

as at 
dec. 31 

2011 

as at 
dec. 31 

2010 

$ 

139 

$ 

169 

$ 

207 

$ 

236 

$ 

10 

129 
(139) 

26 

143 
(193) 

45 

162 
(214) 

67 

169 
(200) 

$ 

(10) 

$ 

(51) 

$ 

(52) 

$ 

(31) 

$ 

as at 
dec. 31

2009

172

71

101
(160)

(59)

(7)% 

(30)% 

(25)% 

(13)% 

(34)%

$ 

$ 

108 

118 

$ 

$ 

113 

139 

$ 

$ 

124 

169 

$ 

$ 

140 

207 

$ 

$ 

166

236

the Company’s loss-reserving methodology, including reserve development, is reviewed on a monthly basis and incorporates the most 

current available information. the Company’s outstanding reserves represent the Company’s current best estimate of the ultimate cost 

of settling claims, in each case as of the date such reserves are established and based on the information available at such time.

the Company experienced modest adverse reserve development in 2013 of $10 million, or 7% of the total loss reserves at the 

beginning of the year. the Company uses third party appraisals to determine the expected net property proceeds, and has observed 

that the initial appraisal value often exceeds the ultimate sales price. the province of Québec and the atlantic provinces accounted for 

the majority of the adverse development in 2013. another contributing factor was a settlement related to a small number of claims 

in alberta.

the Company regularly reviews the underlying drivers of its loss reserves development and adjusts its reserving practices accordingly. 

as a result of these adjustments, the adverse development in 2013 was the lowest level the Company has experienced in the past 

five years.

genwor th MI  Ca na da  In C .  2013 annUaL  report 

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management’s discussion and analysis (continued)

For the year ended december 31, 2013

Financial instruments 

Portfolio of invested assets

effective January 1, 2013, the investment portfolio reflects the combination of assets from the general portfolio and the previous 

guarantee fund portfolio, and for comparative purposes the below table includes assets from the government guarantee fund of 

$949 million. as of december 31, 2013, the Company had total cash, cash equivalents and invested assets of $5.4 billion in the portfolio. 

all of the Company’s invested assets are classified as available-for-sale (“aFS”). Fair value measurements for aFS securities are based 

on quoted market prices for identical assets when available. In the event an active market does not exist, estimated fair values are based 

on recent transactions or current prices for similar securities. Unrealized gains on aFS securities in the portfolio were $177 million. the 

Company’s investment yield for the full year 2013 was 3.7%, which includes the favourable impact of non-taxable dividend income.

the following table presents the Company’s invested assets by asset class for the portfolio.

Asset class

As at December 31, 2013 

as at december 31, 2012

(In millions of dollars, unless otherwise specified) 

Fair value 

% 

Unrealized 
gains  

Fair value 

asset-backed fixed income  

$ 

8 

0% 

$ 

0  

$ 

65  

Corporate fixed income 
  Financials 
  energy 

Infrastructure 
  all other sectors 

total corporate fixed income   

government fixed income 
Canadian short-term federal t-bills 
Canadian federal fixed income  
Canadian provincial fixed income 
Canadian federal fixed income – government guarantee fund   

total government fixed income 

Common shares 
  energy  
  Financials 
  Communication 
  all other sectors 

total common shares 

total invested assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents – government guarantee fund   

$ 

1,281  
311  
230  
451  

2,272  

40  
1,810  
846  
— 

2,696  

38  
47  
21  
78  

184  

5,161  
214  
— 

accrued income – government guarantee fund 
Mortgage Insurance Company Canada liability  

$ 

5,375 

— 
— 

24% 
6% 
4% 
8% 

42% 

1% 
34% 
16% 
— 

50% 

1% 
1% 
0% 
1% 

3% 

96% 
4% 
— 

— 

— 
— 

47  
10  
9  
9  

75  

— 
43  
35  
— 

78  

4  
5  
5  
9  

$ 

24  

177  
— 
— 

$ 

1,172  
315  
260  
430  

2,177  

90  
748  
744  
949  

2,531  

92  
44  
71  
121  

328  

5,101  
248  
41  

$ 

177 

$ 

5,390  

— 
— 

3 
(14) 

%

1%

22%
6%
5%
8%

40%

2%
14%
14%
18%

47%

2%
1%
1%
2%

6%

95%
5%
1%

—

—
—

total invested assets and cash  

$ 

5,375  

100% 

$ 

177  

$ 

5,380  

100%

Note: Amounts may not total due to rounding. 

22 

genwo rth MI C anada I n C .  20 13 annUaL  rep ort

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
the Company assigns credit ratings based on the asset risk guidelines as outlined in the minimum capital test guideline published by 

oSFI in January 2013. Based on this guideline, the Company assigns ratings from dBrS when available. the majority of the assets in 

the Company’s current investment portfolio have a dBrS rating. In the absence of a dBrS rating, the Company assigns the higher of 

Standard & poor’s or Fitch rating Services ratings. 

the following table presents the Company’s invested assets by credit rating for the portfolio.

Credit rating (excluding common shares)

As at  
Dec. 31, 2013 

Unrealized 
gains (losses)  

as at  

dec. 31, 2012

Fair value

(In millions of dollars, unless otherwise specified) 

Fair value 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents – government guarantee fund   
aaa  
aaa – government guarantee fund 
aa   
a   
BBB  
Below BBB 

$ 

214 
— 
1,935 
— 
1,016 
1,665 
353 
7 

% 

4% 
— 
37% 
— 
20% 
32% 
7% 
— 

$ 

$ 

— 
— 
47 
— 
47 
59 
1 
(1) 

total invested assets and cash (excluding common shares) 

$ 

5,190 

100% 

$ 

153 

$ 

248
41
1,110
949
1,252
1,289
173
—

5,062

Note: Amounts may not total due to rounding. 

Investment portfolio management

the Company manages its portfolio assets to meet liquidity, credit quality, diversification and yield objectives by investing primarily in 

fixed income securities, including federal and provincial government bonds and corporate bonds. the Company also holds short-term 

investments and common shares. In all cases, investments are required to comply with restrictions imposed by law and insurance 

regulatory authorities as well as the Company’s own investment policy, which has been approved by the Board. 

to diversify management styles and to broaden credit resources, the Company has split these assets between three external Canadian 

investment managers. the Company works with these managers to optimize the performance of the portfolios within the stated 

investment objectives outlined in its investment policy. the policy takes into account the current and expected condition of capital 

markets, the historical return profiles of various asset classes and the variability of those returns over time, the availability of assets, 

diversification needs and benefits, the regulatory capital required to support the various asset types, security ratings and other material 

variables likely to affect the overall performance of the Company’s investment portfolio. Compliance with the investment policy is 

monitored by the Company and reviewed at least quarterly with the Company’s management-level investment committee and the risk, 

Capital and Investment Committee of the Board.

Asset-backed fixed income securities

the Company held $8 million in asset-backed securities as of december 31, 2013, as compared to $65 million, or 1%, of consumer 

finance securitizations as of december 31, 2012. the decrease is primarily the result of the maturities of asset-backed securities during 

the period.

genwor th MI  Ca na da  In C .  2013 annUaL  report 

23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management’s discussion and analysis (continued)

For the year ended december 31, 2013

Corporate fixed income securities

as of december 31, 2013, approximately 42% of the investment portfolio was held in corporate fixed income securities, up 

2 percentage points, from 40% at the end of 2012. Securities rated below a were $360 million, or 7% of invested assets, as of 

december 31, 2013. the investment policy limits the percentage of the portfolio that can be invested in any single issuer or group of 

related issuers. Financial sector exposure represents 24% of the investment portfolio, or approximately 56% of the corporate fixed 

income securities, as financial institutions represent greater than 50% of the corporate issuances of fixed income securities in the 

Canadian marketplace. the Company continuously monitors and repositions its exposure to the financial services sector. 

Canadian government fixed income securities

the Company’s investment policy requires that a minimum of 30% of the investment portfolio be invested in sovereign fixed income 

securities. as of december 31, 2013, 34% of the portfolio was invested in federal securities, as compared to 34% at the end of 2012. 

provincial holdings increased to 16% of the portfolio, as compared to 14% at the end of 2012. 

Short-term federal treasury bills held by the Company consist primarily of short-term investments with original maturities greater 

than 90 days and less than 365 days. the Company held 1% in Canadian short-term treasury bills in the investment portfolio as of 

december 31, 2013, as compared to 2% at the end of 2012.

Common shares

the Company had $184 million invested in high dividend-yielding, relatively low-volatility Canadian common shares as of 

december 31, 2013, representing 3% of the investment portfolio. the energy and financial sectors represent approximately 46% of the 

common shares held by the Company and the remaining holdings are diversified across the other sectors of companies listed on the 

toronto Stock exchange. 

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist primarily of cash in bank accounts and government treasury bills with original maturities of 90 days or 

less. the Company determines its target cash holdings based on near-term liquidity needs, market conditions and perceived favourable 

future investment opportunities. the Company’s cash holdings in the investment portfolio decreased from $289 million, which included 

$41 million related to the government guarantee fund, as of december 31, 2012 to $214 million as of december 31, 2013. the decrease 

in cash is partially the result of the repurchase of approximately $105 million worth of common shares under the normal course issuer 

bid (“nCIB”) and net bond purchases during the period.

24 

genwo rth MI C anada I n C .  20 13 annUaL  rep ort

Summary of annual information
the table shown below presents select income statement line items and certain key performance indicators for the last three years.

(In millions of dollars, unless otherwise specified) 

net premiums written 

net premiums earned 
Losses on claims 
net underwriting income  
total investment income (including impact of reversal of exit fees)(1),(3) 
Impact of the reversal of government guarantee fund exit fees 

net income(3) 
adjustment to net income: 
net gains in investments, net of taxes 

net operating income(2,(3) 

Earnings per common share ratios 
earnings per common share (basic)(3) 
earnings per common share (diluted)(3) 

Selected non-IFRS financial measures(2)  
Loss ratio  
expense ratio 
Combined ratio 

operating earnings per common share (basic)(3) 
operating earnings per common share (diluted)(3) 
operating return on equity(3) 

2013  

2012 

2011

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

512 

573 
142 
319 
216 
— 

375 

$ 

550 

$ 

589 
194 
291 
367 
166 

470 

(26) 

(9) 

349 

$ 

462 

$ 

3.86 
3.86 

$ 
$ 

4.77 
4.76 

$ 
$ 

25% 
20% 
44% 

3.60 
3.60 
12% 

$ 
$ 

33% 
18% 
51% 

4.68 
4.67 
17% 

$ 
$ 

533

612
225
287
179
—

323

(5)

318

3.18
3.13

37%
17%
53%

3.13
3.08
13%

Includes net realized (gains) losses on sale of available-for-sale investments and change in unrealized losses of fair value through profit or loss (“FVTPL”) investments.

Note: Amounts may not total due to rounding.
(1) 
(2)  The financial measures are not calculated based on IFRS. See the “Non-IFRS financial measures” section at the end of this MD&A for additional information.
(3) 

 Excluding the impact of the government guarantee fund exit fee reversal of $166 million, related to 2011 and prior years, non-IFRS financial measures for the full year of 2012 would have 
been net investment income $201 million, adjusted net income $348 million, adjusted net operating income $339 million and operating return on equity 13%. 

the table shown below presents additional annual information for the years ending 2013, 2012 and 2011.

(In millions of dollars, unless otherwise specified) 

total invested assets and cash 

total assets 
total liabilities 
total shareholders’ equity 

dividends paid per common share 

as at december 31

2013  

2012 

$ 

5,375 

$ 

5,380 

$ 

5,691 
2,604 
3,087 

5,734 
2,697 
3,037 

$ 

1.31 

$ 

1.19 

$ 

2011

5,063

5,393
2,710
2,683

1.57

genwor th MI  Ca na da  In C .  2013 annUaL  report 

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management’s discussion and analysis (continued)

For the year ended december 31, 2013

Summary of quarterly results
the table shown below presents select income statement line items and certain key performance indicators for the last eight quarters.  

See “outlook” and “Seasonality” sections at the beginning of this Md&a for further details.

(In millions, unless otherwise specified) 

Q4’13 

Q3’13 

Q2’13 

Q1’13 

Q4’12 

Q3’12 

Q2’12 

Q1’12

net premiums written 

$  129  

$ 

161  

$ 

137   $ 

84 

$ 

117 

$ 

178  

$ 

176  

$ 

79 

net premiums earned 
Losses on claims 
net underwriting income  
total investment income  

(including impact of reversal  

142  
31  
78  

143  
32  
84  

143  
35  
82  

144  
44  
74  

147  
46  
73  

147  
44  
 77  

148  
48  
 76  

147 
56 
65 

  of exit fees)(1) 

 56  

 51  

 59  

 50  

233  

 44  

 40  

50 

Impact of reversal of  
  government guarantee  

fund exit fees  

net income(1) 
adjustment to net income: 
net investment gains, net of taxes  

—  
 93  

 (8) 

—  
 96 

—  
 98  

 (5) 

(10) 

— 
 88  

(3) 

 186  
 226  

— 

— 
 85  

(4) 

net operating income(1),(2) 

 $ 

85 

 $ 

91 

$ 

88 

 $ 

85  

$ 

226 

 $ 

81 

 $ 

— 
 79  

— 

79 

$ 

—
81 

(5)

76 

Earnings per common share ratios 
earnings per common  
  share (basic)(1) 
earnings per common  
  share (diluted)(1),(3) 

 $  0.98 

 $  0.98  

 $ 

0.99  

 $ 

1.00   $ 

0.89  

 $ 

2.29  

 $  0.86  

 $ 

0.80  

 $  0.82 

 $ 

0.99  

 $ 

1.00  

 $ 

0.89  

 $ 

2.29  

 $  0.86  

 $ 

0.79  

$  0.82 

Selected non-IFRS 
  financial measures(2) 
Loss ratio 
expense ratio 
Combined ratio 

operating earnings per  
  common share (basic)(1) 
operating earnings per  
  common share (diluted)(1),(3) 
operating return on equity(1) 

22% 
23% 
45% 

22% 
19% 
41% 

25% 
18% 
43% 

31% 
18% 
49% 

31% 
19% 
50% 

30% 
18% 
48% 

32% 
17% 
49% 

38%
18%
56%

 $  0.90  

 $ 

0.94  

 $ 

0.90  

 $ 

0.86  

 $ 

2.29  

 $  0.82  

 $ 

0.80  

$  0.77 

 $  0.90  
12% 

 $ 

 $ 

0.94  
13% 

 $ 

0.89  
12% 

 $ 

0.86  
12% 

2.28  
33% 

 $  0.82  
12% 

 $ 

0.79  
12% 

$  0.77 
12%

Note: Amounts may not total due to rounding. 
(1) 

 Excluding the impact of the government guarantee fund exit fee reversal into investment income of $186 million in the fourth quarter of 2012, adjusted IFRS and non-IFRS financial 
measures for the fourth quarter of 2012 would have been adjusted net investment income $47 million, adjusted net income $89 million, adjusted net operating income $89 million, adjusted 
earnings per common share (basic) $0.90, adjusted earnings per common share (diluted) $0.90, adjusted operating earnings per common share (basic) $0.90, adjusted operating earnings 
per common share (diluted) $0.90, and adjusted operating return on equity 13%. 
 These financial measures are not calculated based on IFRS. See the “Non-IFRS financial measures” section at the end of this MD&A for additional information.
 The difference between basic and diluted earnings per common share and basic and diluted operating earnings per common share is caused by the potentially dilutive impact of share-
based compensation awards.

(2) 
(3) 

26 

genwo rth MI C anada I n C .  20 13 annUaL  rep ort

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liquidity 
the purpose of liquidity management is to ensure there is sufficient cash to meet all of the Company’s financial commitments and 

obligations as they fall due. the Company believes it has the flexibility to obtain, from current cash holdings and ongoing operations, the 

funds needed to fulfill its cash requirements during the current financial year and to satisfy regulatory capital requirements. 

the following table provides a summary of the Company’s cash flows:

(In millions of dollars, unless otherwise specified) 

Cash provided by (used in):
operating activities 
Financing activities 
Investing activities 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period    

Note: Amounts may not total due to rounding.

December 31 

december 31

2013 

2012

$  

$ 

366 
(231) 
 (170) 

(34) 
248 

$  

214  

$  

186 
(117) 
107 

176 
72 

248 

the Company generated $366 million of cash flows from operating activities in the twelve months ended december 31, 2013, as 

compared to $186 million in the prior year’s period, primarily the result of lower claims paid, lower taxes paid and cash holdings obtained 

from the reversal of the government guarantee fund. the Company utilized $231 million of cash flows for financing activities in the 

twelve months ended december 31, 2013, primarily for the repurchase of common shares under a normal course issuer bid (see “Share 

repurchase” section for further details) and payment of dividends as compared to the utilization of $117 million of cash flows for the 

payment of dividends in the prior year’s period. the Company utilized $170 million of cash flows for investing activities, primarily for 

the purchase of additional fixed income assets in the twelve months ended december 31, 2013, as compared to having generated 

$107 million in the prior year’s period. 

the Company maintains a portion of its investment portfolio in cash and liquid securities to meet working capital requirements and other 

financial commitments. as of december 31, 2013, the Company held liquid assets of $949 million maturing within one year, comprised 

of $214 million in cash and cash equivalents, and the remaining in bonds and debentures and short-term investments in order to 

maintain financial flexibility. as at the end of the fourth quarter of 2013, the duration of the fixed income portfolio was 3.7 years. 

the Company has five primary sources of funds, consisting of premiums written from operations, investment income, cash and short-

term investments, investment maturities or sales, and proceeds from the issuance of debt and equity. Including securities and cash, 

54%, or $2,910 million, of the Company’s investment portfolio comprises federal and provincial government securities for which there is 

a highly liquid market. Funds are used primarily for operating expenses, claims payments, and interest expense, as well as dividends and 

other distributions to shareholders. potential liquidity risks are discussed in more detail in the “risk Factors” section of the Company’s 

annual information form (“aIF”) dated March 18, 2013.

genwor th MI  Ca na da  In C .  2013 annUaL  report 

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management’s discussion and analysis (continued)

For the year ended december 31, 2013

the Company leases office space, office equipment, computer equipment and automobiles. Future minimum rental commitments for 

non-cancellable leases with initial or remaining terms of one year or more, long-term debt and loss reserves consist of the following at 

december 31, 2013:

Contractual obligations 

(In thousands) 

Long-term debt(1) 
operating leases 
Loss reserves  

payment dates due by period

total 

Less than 
1 year 

1–3 
years 

4–5 
years 

after 5 
years

$ 425,000 
7,803 
  117,388 

$ 

— 
2,347 
  67,034 

$ 150,000 
4,043 
  50,354 

$ 

—  $  275,000
—
—

1,413 
— 

total contractual obligations 

$ 550,191 

$  69,381 

$ 204,397 

$  1,413  $  275,000

(1)  See “Debt outstanding” section below for more details.

operating lease expense for the year ended december 31, 2013 was $3 million, consistent with $3 million for the prior year. 

Off-balance sheet arrangements 
derivative financial instruments are used by the Company for hedging purposes and for the purpose of modifying the risk profile of the 

Company’s investment portfolio, as long as the resulting exposures are within the Company’s investment policy guidelines, which have 

been approved by the Board of directors. 

during the year ended december 31, 2013, the Company used derivative financial instruments in the form of foreign currency forwards 

to mitigate foreign currency risk associated with bonds denominated in U.S. dollars and australian dollars pledged to collateralize 

reinsurance obligations. Foreign currency forwards are contractual obligations, with a Schedule I Canadian bank, to exchange one 

currency for another at a predetermined future date.

the following table shows the fair value and notional amounts of the derivatives by terms of maturity, in Canadian dollars.

notional amount 

(In thousands) 

Fair 
value 

1 year 
or less 

1–3 
years 

3–5 
years 

over 5 
 years 

total

december 31, 2013: Foreign currency forwards  
december 31, 2012 : Foreign currency forwards   

$ 

(2,668)  $  28,500 
— 

— 

$ 

— 
— 

$  13,710 
— 

$ 133,580  $  175,790
—

— 

Debt outstanding 
the following table provides details of the Company’s long-term debt:

Contractual obligations 

(In thousands) 

Long-term debt 

payment dates due by period

total 

Less than 
1 year 

1–3 
years 

3–5 
years 

after 5 
years

$ 425,000 

$ 

— 

$ 150,000 

$ 

—  $  275,000

date issued 
Maturity date 
principal amount outstanding (in millions) 
Fixed annual rate 
Semi-annual interest payments due each year on 
debenture ratings 
  Standard & poor’s (“S&p”) 
  dBrS  

Series 1 

Series 2

 June 29, 2010 
 June 15, 2020 
$275 
 5.68% 
June 15, december 15 

december 16, 2010
december 15, 2015
$150
4.59%
June 15, december 15 

a- (Stable outlook)  
aa (Low)  

a- (Stable outlook) 
aa (Low)

28 

genwo rth MI C anada I n C .  20 13 annUaL  rep ort

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
the principal debt covenants associated with the debentures are as follows:

1.  a negative pledge under which the Company will not assume or create any security interest (other than permitted encumbrances) 

unless the debentures are secured equally and ratably with (or prior to) such obligation.

2.  the Company will not, nor will it permit any of its subsidiaries to, amalgamate, consolidate or merge with or into any other 

person or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself unless (a) the Company or one of its wholly-owned subsidiaries is the continuing or 

successor company or (b) if the successor company is not a wholly-owned subsidiary, at the time of, and after giving effect to, such 

transaction no event of default and no event that, after notice or lapse of time, or both, would become an event of default shall 

have happened and be continuing under the trust indenture, in each case subject to certain exceptions and limitations set forth in 

the trust indenture.

3.  the Company will not request that the rating agencies withdraw their ratings of the debentures.

In the case of certain events of default under the terms of the debentures issued by the Company in 2010, the aggregate unpaid 

principal amount of such debentures, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon and any other amounts owing with respect 

thereto, shall become immediately due and payable. the events of default that would trigger such an acceleration of payment include if 

the Company takes certain voluntary insolvency actions, such as instituting proceedings for its winding up, liquidation or dissolution, or 

consents to the filing of such proceedings against it; or if involuntary insolvency proceedings go uncontested by the Company or are not 

dismissed within a specified time period; or if the final order sought in such proceedings is granted against the Company. 

For more specific details on the terms and conditions of the debentures, please see the trust indenture of the Company dated June 29,  

2010, a copy of which is available on the System for electronic document analysis and retrieval (“Sedar”) website at www.sedar.com.

Capital expenditures
the Company’s capital expenditures primarily relate to technology investments aimed at improving operational efficiency and 

effectiveness for sales, underwriting, risk management and loss mitigation. For the fourth quarter of 2013 and the twelve months 

ended december 31, 2013, the Company invested $1 million and $3 million, respectively, for underwriting, loss mitigation and risk 

management technologies. the Company expects that future capital expenditures will continue to be focused on underwriting, loss 

mitigation, and risk management technology improvements. the Company expects that capital expenditures in 2014 will be in the 

$3 million to $5 million range and it is anticipated that such expenditures will be funded primarily from operating cash flows. 

Capital management
the Insurance Subsidiary is regulated by oSFI. Under the MCt, an insurer calculates a ratio of capital available to capital required in a 

prescribed manner. Mortgage insurers are required to maintain a minimum ratio of core capital (capital available as defined for MCt 

purposes, but excluding subordinated debt) to required capital of 100%. 

when prMhIa came into force on January 1, 2013, the government guarantee fund was eliminated in favour of a higher MCt ratio. 

previously, the government guarantee fund was accounted for as an asset on the Company’s balance sheet and was excluded from the 

calculation of regulatory capital available. the Minister of Finance advised the Company on december 19, 2012 that under prMhIa and 

the Insurance Companies Act (Canada) (“ICa”), the minimum MCt ratio for the Insurance Subsidiary will be 175%. In conjunction with 

this new requirement, the Insurance Subsidiary increased its internal MCt target capital ratio on January 1, 2013 to 185% and expects 

to operate with an MCt above 190% in the normal course. 

genwor th MI  Ca na da  In C .  2013 annUaL  report 

29

Management’s discussion and analysis (continued)

For the year ended december 31, 2013

the Insurance Subsidiary’s regulatory capital available increased on January 1, 2013 by approximately $678 million from the elimination 

of the government guarantee fund and the reversal of the exit fees previously accrued, net of the related income tax effect. the 

regulatory capital required increased by approximately $61 million related to capital required for interest rate risk. this increase relates 

to the addition of the fixed income securities previously held in the government guarantee fund to interest-sensitive assets and the 

increase of the interest rate shock from 50 basis points to 75 basis points effective January 1, 2013. as a result of these events, the 

MCt ratio of 170% as at december 31, 2012 increased by approximately 40 percentage points to 210% as at January 1, 2013.

the table below illustrates the MCt at december 31, 2012, adjusted for the impact of the new guarantee framework and the increase in 

capital required for interest rate risk as at January 1, 2013, as well as the MCt at december 31, 2013. 

Minimum capital test 

(In millions of dollars, unless otherwise specified) 

Capital available 
Capital required 

MCt ratio 

  as at december 31 

adjustments 

as at January 1  As at December 31

$ 
$ 

2012 

2,339 
1,375 

170% 

$ 
$ 

678 
61 

$ 
$ 

2013 

3,017 
1,436  

210% 

$ 
$ 

2013

3,197
1,436 

223% 

as at december 31, 2013, the MCt ratio of the Insurance Subsidiary was approximately 223%, up 13 percentage points from 

January 1, 2013, which is the result of the Company’s continued profitability, net of dividends paid, partially offset by a decrease in 

unrealized investment gains. 

Capital above the amount required to meet the Insurance Subsidiary’s MCt ratio targets could be used to support organic growth of the 

business or declaration and payment of dividends or other distributions, and if distributed to genworth Canada, to repurchase common 

shares of the Company, for acquisitions, for repayment of debt, or for such other uses as permitted by law and approved by the Board.

as part of an ongoing effort to improve the estimate of outstanding insurance exposure, the Company surveys its largest customers, on 

a quarterly basis, to obtain the amount of the outstanding balances. as a result, the Company estimates that the outstanding balance of 

insured mortgages was approximately $160 billion as at September 30, 2013. this is based on the extrapolation of the amounts reported 

by lenders surveyed, which represent approximately 90% of the entire insured population. the Company believes that this does not 

have an impact on the premium recognition curve, which is based on the pattern of loss emergence. Under prMhIa, the cap for all 

private mortgage insurers is $300 billion as set by the Minister of Finance. 

Share repurchase 
In april 2013, the Board authorized an nCIB to purchase up to 4,937,078 common shares of the Company, representing approximately 

5% of its outstanding common shares. Under the terms of the nCIB, the Company may purchase common shares for cancellation on 

the open market, including from the Company’s majority shareholder, genworth Financial, Inc.

during the twelve months ended december 31, 2013, the Company completed the purchase and cancellation of 3,903,117 common 

shares under the nCIB for $105 million, consisting of 2,240,996 common shares from genworth Financial, Inc. and 1,662,121 common 

shares from the general public. there were 94,910,880 common shares issued and outstanding at december 31, 2013. 

purchases of common shares may continue until the earlier of May 2, 2014 and the date on which the Company has purchased the 

maximum number of shares under the nCIB. the Company’s majority shareholder, genworth Financial, Inc., has maintained and is 

expected to continue to maintain its 57.4% ownership interest in the Company throughout the course of the nCIB. Shareholders may 

obtain a copy of the nCIB notice, without charge, by contacting the Company.

30 

genwo rth MI C anada I n C .  20 13 annUaL  rep ort

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Restrictions on dividends and capital transactions
the Company’s Insurance Subsidiary is subject to certain restrictions with respect to dividends and capital transactions. the ICa 

prohibits directors from declaring or paying any dividend on shares of an insurance company if there are reasonable grounds for believing 

that the company is, or the payment of the dividend would cause the company to be, in contravention of applicable requirements 

to maintain adequate capital, liquidity and assets. the ICa also requires an insurance company to notify oSFI of the declaration of a 

dividend at least 15 days prior to the date fixed for its payment. Similarly, the ICa prohibits the purchase for cancellation of any shares 

issued by an insurance company or the redemption of any redeemable shares or other similar capital transactions if there are reasonable 

grounds for believing that the company is, or the payment would cause the company to be, in contravention of applicable requirements 

to maintain adequate capital, liquidity and assets. Share cancellation or redemption would also require the prior approval of oSFI. Finally, 

oSFI has broad authority to take actions that could restrict the ability of an insurance company to pay dividends.

Financial strength ratings 
the Insurance Subsidiary has financial strength ratings from both S&p and dBrS. although the Insurance Subsidiary is not required 

to have ratings to conduct its business, ratings are helpful to maintain confidence in an insurer and in the marketing of its products. 

the Insurance Subsidiary is rated aa- (Very Strong), with a stable outlook, by S&p, and aa (Superior), with a stable outlook, by dBrS. the 

ratings from S&p were affirmed in June 2013 and the outlook remained stable, reflecting current macroeconomic considerations. the 

ratings from dBrS were confirmed in September 2013. 

the Company has a counterparty credit rating and debenture ratings from S&p of a-, with a positive outlook, and an issuer rating from 

dBrS of aa (Low). the rating from S&p is a function of the financial strength rating on the Company’s Insurance Subsidiary and its 

structural subordination to the policyholders of its Insurance Subsidiary. S&p has applied its standard notching criteria of three notches 

between an operating company and a holding company for the Insurance Subsidiary and the Company, respectively. the rating from 

dBrS is a function of the structural subordination of the parent’s financial obligations relative to those of the regulated operating 

subsidiary. dBrS applied a one-notch differential between the Insurance Subsidiary and the Company. 

Significant new accounting policies

Risk fee

the following accounting policy pertains to the risk fee, which became applicable to the Company when the prMhIa became effective 

on January 1, 2013.

In conjunction with receiving credit support in the form of the government of Canada guarantee, as prescribed in the prMhIa, the 

Company is subject to a risk fee equal to 2.25% of gross premiums written. the Company records the risk fee in premium taxes and 

underwriting fees in the consolidated statement of income. the risk fee relates directly to the acquisition of new mortgage insurance 

business. accordingly, it is deferred and expensed in proportion to and over the period in which premiums are earned.

Derivative financial instruments 

derivative financial instruments are financial contracts whose value is derived from an underlying interest rate, foreign exchange rate, 

equity or commodity instrument or index. 

derivative financial instruments are classified as fair value through profit or loss (“FVtpL”) and are recognized in the consolidated 

statement of financial position as assets when their fair value is positive and as liabilities when their fair value is negative. 

while the Company has the ability to net settle multiple financial derivative instruments under a master netting arrangement, the 

Company does not meet the accounting requirements to offset derivative assets and liabilities. accordingly, each derivative financial 

instrument is presented as an asset or a liability based on the fair value of the individual instrument. 

Changes in fair value of derivative financial instruments are recognized in the consolidated statement of income in net investment gains 

(losses) during the period in which they arise. 

genwor th MI  Ca na da  In C .  2013 annUaL  report 

31

Management’s discussion and analysis (continued)

For the year ended december 31, 2013

Reinsurance

reinsurance contracts are those contracts under which the reinsurer agrees to indemnify the cedant against all or part of the primary 

insurance risks underwritten by the cedant under one or more insurance contracts. during the three months ended december 31, 2013, 

the Company has assumed the role of a reinsurer in the reinsurance agreement. 

reinsurance premiums are taken into underwriting revenues over the terms of the related reinsurance agreements. reinsurance 

premiums are reported in gross and net premiums written and premiums earned in the condensed consolidated interim statement 

of income.

Unpaid reinsurance premiums, if any, are reported in accrued investment income and other receivables on the condensed consolidated 

interim statement of financial position. 

Changes in accounting policies
the Company has adopted the following new and revised standards, along with any consequential amendments, effective 

January 1, 2013. these changes were made in accordance with the applicable transitional provisions.

IAS 1 – Presentation of financial statements (“IAS 1”)

the Company has adopted the amendments to IaS 1 effective January 1, 2013. these amendments required the Company to group 

other comprehensive income items by those that will be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss and those that will not be reclassified. 

the Company has reclassified comprehensive income items of the comparative period. these changes did not result in any adjustments 

to other comprehensive income (“oCI”) or comprehensive income. 

IAS 19 – Employee benefits (“IAS 19”)

IaS 19 (amended in 2011) amends certain accounting requirements for defined benefit plans and termination benefits.

IaS 19 (amended in 2011) requires the net defined benefit liability to be recognized on the statement of financial position without any 

deferral of actuarial gains and losses and past service costs as previously allowed. past service costs are recognized in net income when 

incurred. remeasurements consisting of actuarial gains and losses are recognized in oCI. 

the Company’s accounting policy in the most recent annual financial statements as at and for the year ended december 31, 2012 was 

to recognize actuarial gains and losses immediately in oCI and to report them in retained earnings. the Company had recognized all 

prior service costs incurred to date prior to the IFrS transition date of January 1, 2010, as all the Company’s prior service costs are 

fully vested. 

IaS 19 (amended in 2011) also clarifies that benefits are classified as long-term employee benefits if payments are not expected to be 

made within the next 12 months. the Company has reviewed the classification of its benefits and has determined that no benefits other 

than those recognized in the accrued net benefit liabilities under employee benefit plans should be classified as long-term benefits as 

the Company does not have an unconditional right to defer settlement for more than 12 months.

the standard also requires termination benefits to be recognized at the earlier of when the entity can no longer withdraw the offer of the 

termination benefit or recognizes any related restructuring costs. the Company has not incurred such termination benefits during the 

three and twelve months ended december 31, 2013.

the adoption of IaS 19 (amended in 2011) did not result in any measurement adjustments to the Company’s employee benefits.

32 

genwo rth MI C anada I n C .  20 13 annUaL  rep ort

IFRS 13 – Fair value measurement (“IFRS 13”)

IFrS 13 provides a single framework for measuring fair value. the measurement of the fair value of an asset or liability is based 

on assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability under current market conditions, including 

assumptions about risk. the Company adopted IFrS 13 on January 1, 2013 on a prospective basis. the adoption of IFrS 13 did not 

require any adjustments to the valuation techniques used by the Company to measure fair value and did not result in any measurement 

adjustments as at January 1, 2013. IaS 34 Interim Financial reporting requires the fair value hierarchy described in IFrS 13 to be 

applied to financial instruments. For the twelve months ended december 31, 2013, disclosure of the fair value hierarchy for financial 

instruments is included in note 9 of the Company’s financial statements. Fair value of the Company’s long-term debt is disclosed in 

note 20 of the Company’s financial statements.

IFRS 10 – Consolidated financial statements (“IFRS 10”) 

IFrS 10 replaces the guidance on control and consolidation in IaS 27 – Consolidated and separate financial statements (“IaS 27”), 

and Standing Interpretation Committee-12 – Consolidation – Special purpose entities (“SIC-12”). IFrS 10 requires consolidation of an 

investee only if the investor possesses power over the investee, has exposure to variable returns from its involvement with the investee 

and has the ability to use its power over the investee to affect its returns. detailed guidance is provided on applying the definition of 

control. the accounting requirements for consolidation have remained largely consistent with IaS 27. 

the Company reassessed the control conclusion for its investees at January 1, 2013 and identified no changes to the previous 

conclusions on whether control exists and no changes affecting the consolidation structure of the Company. 

Future accounting standards

IFRS 4 – Insurance contracts 

on June 20, 2013, the International accounting Standards Board (“IaSB”) issued a revised exposure draft: Insurance Contracts (the 

“revised ed”) as part of its ongoing insurance contracts project. the revised ed takes into account the re-deliberations by the IaSB 

since its July 2010 exposure draft: Insurance Contracts ( the“2010 ed”). the issuance of the revised ed forms part of the IaSB’s efforts 

to eliminate the current diversity that exists in insurance contract accounting. 

the insurance contract measurement principles that are set out in the revised ed are similar to those in the 2010 ed: a current 

measurement model comprising the expected present value of future cash flows, a risk adjustment and a contractual service margin 

(referred to as “residual margin” in the 2010 ed). however, the IaSB made several key changes in response to comments received 

on the 2010 ed. Some of the most prominent changes relate to addressing the concerns for earnings volatility; for example, how to 

present the effect of changes in discount rates. Under the 2010 ed, changes in discount rates related to insurance contracts measured 

at present value were recorded in earnings. the revised proposals also represent a major change for the presentation of insurance 

contracts in the statement of comprehensive income. the transitional provisions have been amended to include a contractual service 

margin for existing business when implementing the future insurance standard, thereby permitting insurers to carry forward an unearned 

profit amount on transition. 

Comments on the key areas of change in the revised ed were due october 25, 2013. Based on this timeline, it is expected that a final 

standard will be issued in 2015, with implementation not expected before 2018.

the Company is currently monitoring the development of this standard and assessing the impact of its adoption. 

Significant judgments and estimates 
the preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFrS requires management to make estimates and judgments 

that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts 

of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods covered by the financial statements. the principal financial statement components 

subject to measurement uncertainty are outlined below as accounting estimates and judgments. actual results may differ from the 

estimates used, and such differences may be material.

genwor th MI  Ca na da  In C .  2013 annUaL  report 

33

Management’s discussion and analysis (continued)

For the year ended december 31, 2013

Accounting estimates

Premiums earned

Mortgage insurance premiums are deferred and then taken into underwriting revenues over the terms of the related policies. 

the rates or formulae under which premiums are earned relate to the loss emergence pattern in each year of coverage. In order to 

match premiums earned to losses on claims, premiums written are recognized as premiums earned using a factor-based premium 

recognition curve. In constructing the premium recognition curve, the Company applies actuarial forecasting techniques to historical 

loss data to determine expected loss development and the related loss emergence pattern. the actuarial forecasting techniques 

incorporate economic assumptions that impact future losses and loss development including unemployment rates, interest rates 

and expected changes in house prices. the premium recognition curve is reviewed quarterly based on the most current available 

historical loss data and economic assumptions and updated as required. the impact of the experience update for the fourth quarter 

of 2013 was an increase in premiums earned of $3 million, as compared to an increase in premiums earned of $8 million in the 

fourth quarter of 2012. the Company will continue to assess its loss experience on a quarterly basis and make adjustments as 

appropriate to the premium recognition curve.

Deferred policy acquisition costs 

deferred policy acquisition costs are comprised of premium taxes, appraisal costs, risk fee, certain employee compensation, and 

other expenses that relate directly to acquisition of new mortgage insurance business. deferred policy acquisition costs are deferred 

and expensed in proportion to and over the periods in which premiums are earned. the Company estimates expenses eligible for 

deferral based on the nature of expenses incurred and results of time and activity studies performed to identify the portion of time 

the Company’s employees incur in the acquisition of new mortgage insurance business.

Subrogation recoverable 

the Company estimates the fair value of real estate owned included in subrogation recoverable based on third party property 

appraisals or other types of third party valuations deemed to be more appropriate for a particular property.

the Company estimates borrower recoveries related to claims paid and loss reserves included in subrogation recoverable based on 

historical recovery experience.

Loss reserves

Loss reserves represent the amount needed to provide for the expected ultimate net cost of settling claims including adjustment 

expenses related to defaults by borrowers (both reported and unreported) that have occurred on or before the reporting date. Loss 

reserves are discounted to take into account the time value of money and include a supplemental provision for adverse deviation. 

Loss reserves are recognized when the first scheduled mortgage payment is missed by a mortgage borrower. In determining the 

ultimate claim amount, the Company estimates the expected recovery from the property securing the insured loan and the legal, 

property maintenance and other loss adjustment expenses incurred in the claim settlement process. Loss reserves consist of 

individual case reserves, incurred but not reported (“IBnr”) reserves and supplemental loss reserves for potential adverse deviation.

For the purpose of quantifying case reserves, the Company analyzes each reported delinquent loan on a case-by-case basis and 

establishes a case reserve based on the expected loss, if any. the ultimate expected claim amount is influenced significantly by 

housing market conditions, changes in property values, and the condition of properties in default. accordingly, case reserves include 

a provision for adverse development, primarily to address potential decline in property values.

the Company establishes reserves for IBnr based on the reporting lag from the date of first missed payment to the reporting 

date for mortgages in default that have not been reported to the Company. IBnr is calculated using estimates of expected claim 

frequency and claim severity based on the most current available historical loss data, adjusted for seasonality. 

In order to discount loss reserves to present value, the Company’s actuary determines a discount rate based on the book yield of the 

Company’s general investment portfolio. 

34 

genwo rth MI C anada I n C .  20 13 annUaL  rep ort

the Company’s actuary develops a margin for adverse deviation based on assessment of the adequacy of the Company’s loss reserves 

(derived from an independent calculation of the reserves) and with reference to the current and future expected condition of the 

Canadian housing market and its impact on the expected development of losses. the Company determines a supplemental provision for 

adverse deviation (“pFad”) based on the margin developed by the actuary.

the process for the establishment of loss reserves relies on the judgment and opinions of a number of individuals, on historical 

precedent and trends, on prevailing legal and economic trends and on expectations as to future developments. this process involves 

risks that actual results will deviate, perhaps substantially, from the best estimates made. these risks vary in proportion to the length of 

the estimation period and the volatility of each component comprising the liability.

Share-based compensation

Stock options with tandem stock appreciation rights (“options”) are measured at fair value using the Black-Scholes valuation model. 

Inputs to the Black-Scholes valuation model are share price on the measurement date, exercise price of the instrument, expected 

volatility, weighted average expected life of the instrument, expected dividend yield and the risk-free rate. expected volatility is 

estimated based on the mean volatility of the general index of Canadian financial companies and the Company’s average historical 

volatility. the volatility of Canadian financial companies is used to supplement the volatility calculation given that the Company has 

limited share price history. the weighted average expected life of the instrument is estimated based on historical experience of affiliated 

companies. dividend yield is estimated based on historical dividends and the Company’s long-term expectations. risk-free rate is 

determined with reference to government of Canada bonds. 

the Company records share-based compensation expense only to the extent that the share-based awards are expected to vest based 

on management’s best estimate of the outcome of the service and performance conditions. 

Employee future benefits

actuarial valuations of benefit liabilities for pension and non-pension post-retirement benefit plans are performed as at december 31 of 

each year based on the Company’s assumptions, including assumptions on discount rate, rate of compensation increase, mortality and 

the trend in the health care cost rate. the discount rate is determined by the Company with reference to aa credit-rated bonds that have 

maturity dates approximating the Company’s obligation terms at period end and are denominated in the same currency as the benefit 

obligations. other assumptions are determined with reference to long-term expectations. 

Utilization of tax losses

as at december 31, 2013, the Company had recognized $9.1 million of tax losses (2012 – $10.7 million). Management considers it 

probable that future taxable profits will be available against which these tax losses can be utilized.

Accounting judgments

Objective evidence of impairment 

as of each reporting date, the Company evaluates aFS financial assets in an unrealized loss position for objective evidence 

of impairment.

For investments in bonds and debentures, evaluation of whether impairment has occurred is based on the Company’s best estimate 

of the cash flows expected to be collected at the individual investment level. the Company considers all available information relevant 

to the collectability of the investment, including information about past events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable 

forecasts. estimating such cash flows is a quantitative and qualitative process that incorporates information received from third party 

sources along with certain internal assumptions and judgments regarding the future performance of any underlying collateral for asset-

backed investments. where possible, this data is benchmarked against third party sources. Impairments for bonds and debentures in an 

unrealized loss position are deemed to exist when the Company does not expect full recovery of the amortized cost of the investment 

based on the estimate of cash flows expected to be collected or when the Company intends to sell the investment prior to recovery 

from its unrealized loss position. 

genwor th MI  Ca na da  In C .  2013 annUaL  report 

35

Management’s discussion and analysis (continued)

For the year ended december 31, 2013

For equity investments, the Company recognizes an impairment loss in the period in which it is determined that an investment has 

experienced significant or prolonged losses.

Risk management 
risk management is a critical part of genworth Canada’s business. the Company has an enterprise risk management framework that 

encompasses mortgage portfolio risk management, underwriting policies and guidelines, product enhancement, regulatory compliance, 

general portfolio management and operational and liquidity risk. the Company’s risk management framework facilitates the assessment 

of risk by acting as a proactive decision-making tool to determine which risks are acceptable and to monitor and manage the Company’s 

risks in an ongoing manner. the Company’s risk management framework and internal control procedures are designed to reduce the 

volatility in its financial results. 

Mortgage portfolio risk management 
the Company’s mortgage portfolio risk management involves actively managing its borrower credit quality, product and geographic 

exposures. the Company carefully monitors portfolio concentrations by borrower credit quality, product and geography against pre-

determined risk tolerances, taking into account the conditions of the housing market and economy in each region of Canada.the 

Company’s underwriting policies and guidelines are reviewed and updated regularly to manage the Company’s exposures and to 

address emerging trends in the housing market and economic environment. For example, in view of housing market conditions in the 

greater toronto area in 2012 and 2013, the Company took a number of actions focusing on its new insurance written to reduce the 

overall risk profile of its mortgage portfolio, including more stringent requirements for refinance transactions, and greater scrutiny on the 

marketability of high-rise condominium projects in this region.

the Company’s extensive historical database and innovative information technology systems are important tools in its approach to 

risk management. the Company utilizes components of its proprietary high loan-to-value mortgage performance database to build and 

improve its mortgage scoring model. this mortgage scoring model employs a number of evaluation criteria to assign a score to each 

insured mortgage loan and predict the likelihood of a future claim. these evaluation criteria include borrower credit score, loan type and 

amount, total debt service ratio, property type and loan-to-value. the Company believes these factors, as well as other considerations, 

significantly enhance the ability of the mortgage scoring model to predict the likelihood of a borrower default, as compared to reliance 

solely on borrower credit score.

the Company’s mortgage portfolio risk management function is organized into three primary groups: portfolio analysis, underwriting 

policies and guidelines, and risk technology and models. the risk management team analyzes and summarizes mortgage portfolio 

performance, risk concentrations, emerging trends and remedial actions, which are reviewed with the Company’s management-level risk 

committee on a monthly basis.

the Company also employs a quality assurance team to ensure that policies and guidelines established by the Company’s mortgage 

portfolio risk-management function are adhered to both internally within the Company and by lenders submitting applications to the 

Company. the quality assurance team conducts daily audits of a random sample of loans adjudicated by the Company’s underwriters. 

Similarly, lender audits are conducted on a routine basis, using a statistically relevant sample of approved loans. In addition, the quality 

assurance team also audits the loss reserving and mitigation functions to ensure compliance with relevant Company policies and 

accounting standards. audit results of all three areas are reviewed by management on a monthly basis.

Investment portfolio financial risk management 
the Company monitors and manages the credit risk, liquidity risk and market risk, including interest rate risk, equity price risk and 

currency risk of its investment portfolio. 

36 

genwo rth MI C anada I n C .  20 13 annUaL  rep ort

Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk that one party to a financial instrument fails to discharge an obligation and causes financial loss to another party. 

the Company is exposed to credit risk principally through its investment assets. the Company’s investment management strategy is 

to invest primarily in debt instruments of Canadian government agencies and other high-credit-quality issuers and to limit the amount 

of credit exposure with respect to any one issuer, business sector, or credit rating category, as specified in its investment policy. Credit 

quality of financial instrument issuers is assessed based on ratings supplied by rating agencies dBrS, S&p, or Moody’s. 

Credit risk from derivative transactions reflects the potential for the counterparty to default on its contractual obligations when one or 

more transactions have a positive market value to the Company. therefore, derivative-related credit risk is represented by the positive 

fair value of the instrument and is normally a small fraction of the contract’s notional amount. to mitigate credit risk related to derivative 

counterparties, the Company has adopted a policy whereby, upon signing the derivative contract, the counterparty is required to have a 

minimum credit rating of a-.

Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk of having insufficient cash resources to meet financial commitments and policy obligations as they fall due 

without raising funds at unfavourable rates or selling assets on a forced basis. to ensure liquidity requirements are met, the Company 

holds a portion of investment assets in liquid securities. adverse capital and credit market conditions and the MCt requirements 

of the Insurance Subsidiary may significantly affect the Company’s access to capital and may affect its ability to meet liquidity or 

debt refinancing requirements in the future. potential liquidity risks are discussed in more detail in the “risk Factors” section of the 

Company’s annual information form (“aIF”) dated March 18, 2013 and the “Liquidity” section in this Md&a.

Market risk

Market risk is the risk of loss arising from adverse changes in market rates and prices, such as interest rates, equity market fluctuations, 

foreign currency exchange rates and other relevant market rate or price changes. Market risk is directly influenced by the volatility and 

liquidity in the markets in which the related underlying assets are traded. the market risks to which the Company is exposed are interest 

rate risk, equity price risk and currency risk.

Interest rate risk 

Fluctuations in interest rates have a direct impact on the market valuation of the Company’s fixed income investment portfolio. 

Short-term interest rate fluctuations will generally create unrealized gains or losses. generally, the Company’s interest income will be 

reduced during sustained periods of lower interest rates as higher-yielding fixed income investments are called, mature or are sold 

and the proceeds are reinvested at lower rates, and this will likely result in unrealized gains in the value of fixed income investments 

the Company continues to hold, as well as realized gains to the extent that the relevant investments are sold. during periods of rising 

interest rates, the market value of the Company’s existing fixed income investments will generally decrease and gains on fixed income 

investments will likely be reduced or become losses.

Equity price risk

equity price risk is the risk that the fair values of equities will decrease as a result of changes in the levels of equity indices and the 

values of individual stocks. equity price risk exposure arises from the Company’s investment in common shares. the Company has 

policies to limit and monitor exposures to individual equity investment issuers and its aggregate exposure to equities. 

Currency risk

Currency risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in foreign 

exchange rates. the Company is exposed to currency risk arising from investments and receivables denominated in U.S. and australian 

dollars. the Company uses foreign exchange forward contracts to mitigate currency risk. 

genwor th MI  Ca na da  In C .  2013 annUaL  report 

37

Management’s discussion and analysis (continued)

For the year ended december 31, 2013

Transactions with related parties 
the Company enters into related party transactions with genworth Financial, Inc. and its subsidiaries. the services rendered by 

genworth Financial, Inc. and affiliated companies consist of information technology, finance, human resources, legal and compliance, 

and other specified services. the services rendered by the Company and the Insurance Subsidiary relate mainly to financial reporting 

and tax compliance support services. these transactions are in the normal course of business and are at terms and conditions no 

less favourable than market. Balances owing for service transactions are non-interest bearing and are settled on a quarterly basis. the 

Company incurred net related party charges of $1 million for the fourth quarter of 2013, and $6 million for the twelve months ended 

december 31, 2013, which was comparable to the prior year’s period.

on december 20, 2013, the Company, through its indirect subsidiary pMI Mortgage Insurance Company Canada (“pMI Canada”), 

entered into a retrocession agreement with Merrill Lynch reinsurance under which the Company assumed reinsurance risk for 

approximately 25% of the retroceded liabilities on claims paid by genworth Financial Mortgage Insurance pty Limited, an australian 

company (“genworth australia”), in excess of $700 million australian within any one year up to a maximum exposure to the Company 

of $30 million australian less claims paid by the Company in prior years. the term of the agreement is three years. genworth australia 

has the right to terminate the agreement after the first year of coverage. Under the excess of loss reinsurance agreement, the Company 

is required to collateralize its reinsurance obligations by posting cash collateral equal to the maximum exposure under the agreement. as 

at december 31, 2013, the Company has posted $30 million australian, equivalent to $28.5 million Canadian, under the agreement. 

Outstanding share data
the following table presents changes in the number of common shares outstanding at december 31, 2013, december 31, 2012 and 

december 31, 2011.

Common shares, January 1 
Common shares issued in connection with share-based compensation plans   
Common shares retired, repurchased and cancelled 

98,698,018 
115,979 
(3,903,117) 

98,666,796 
31,222 
— 

104,789,394 
31,248 
(6,153,846)

Common shares, december 31 

94,910,880 

98,698,018  

98,666,796

2013 

2012 

2011

at december 31, 2013, subsidiaries of genworth Financial, Inc. owned approximately 54,469,098 common shares of the Company or 

approximately 57.4% of the Company’s outstanding shares.

Disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting
as required by the national Instrument 52-109, the Company has in place disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over 

financial reporting, designed under the Committee of Sponsoring organizations of the treadway Commission (“CoSo”) Framework 

(1992), to ensure the disclosure of all material information or changes relating to the Company to all members of the public in a fair 

and timely manner. Such controls and procedures ensure that all relevant material is gathered and reported to senior management 

(including the Chief executive officer (“Ceo”), Chief Financial officer (“CFo”) and general Counsel) and the Company’s management-

level disclosure committee on a timely basis so that appropriate decisions can be made regarding public disclosure. an evaluation and 

certification of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting is done regularly under 

supervision by the Company’s Ceo and CFo in accordance with the requirements of national Instrument 52-109 of the Canadian 

Securities administrators, and is available with the Company’s filings on the Sedar website at www.sedar.com. these certifications 

confirm that the Ceo and CFo have concluded that the design and operation of the disclosure controls and procedures and internal 

controls over financial reporting were effective, as at december 31, 2013. there were no changes in the Company’s internal controls 

over financial reporting during the year that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s controls 

over financial reporting.

38 

genwo rth MI C anada I n C .  20 13 annUaL  rep ort

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Special note regarding forward-looking statements 
Certain statements made in this Md&a contain forward-looking information within the meaning of applicable securities laws (“forward-

looking statements”). when used in this Md&a, the words “may,” “would,” “could,” “will,” “intend,” “plan,” “anticipate,” 

“believe,” “seek,” “propose,” “estimate,” “expect,” and similar expressions, as they relate to the Company are intended to identify 

forward-looking statements. Specific forward-looking statements in this document include, but are not limited to, statements with 

respect to the Company’s expectations regarding the effect of the Canadian government guarantee legislative framework and the effect 

of changes to the government guarantee mortgage eligibility rules, and the Company’s beliefs as to housing demand and home price 

appreciation, unemployment rates, the Company’s future operating and financial results, sales expectations regarding premiums written, 

capital expenditure plans, dividend policy and the ability to execute on its future operating, investing and financial strategies.

the forward-looking statements contained herein are based on certain factors and assumptions, certain of which appear proximate to 

the applicable forward-looking statements contained herein. Inherent in the forward-looking statements are known and unknown risks, 

uncertainties and other factors beyond the Company’s ability to control or predict that may cause the actual results, performance or 

achievements of the Company, or developments in the Company’s business or in its industry, to differ materially from the anticipated 

results, performance, achievements or developments expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. actual results or 

developments may differ materially from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements.

the Company’s actual results and performance could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements 

as a result of both known and unknown risks, including the continued availability of the Canadian government’s guarantee of private 

mortgage insurance on terms satisfactory to the Company; the Company’s expectations regarding its revenues, expenses and 

operations; the Company’s plans to implement its strategy and operate its business; the Company’s expectations regarding the 

compensation of directors and officers; the Company’s anticipated cash needs and its estimates regarding its capital expenditures, 

capital requirements, reserves and its needs for additional financing; the Company’s plans for and timing of expansion of service and 

products; the Company’s ability to accurately assess and manage risks associated with the policies that are written; the Company’s 

ability to accurately manage market, interest and credit risks; the Company’s ability to maintain ratings; interest rate fluctuations; a 

decrease in the volume of high loan-to-value mortgage orientations; the cyclical nature of the mortgage insurance industry; changes in 

government regulations and laws mandating mortgage insurance; the acceptance by the Company’s lenders of new technologies and 

products; the Company’s ability to attract lenders and develop and maintain lender relationships; the Company’s competitive position 

and its expectations regarding competition from other providers of mortgage insurance in Canada; anticipated trends and challenges in 

the Company’s business and the markets in which it operates; changes in the global or Canadian economies; a decline in the Company’s 

regulatory capital or an increase in its regulatory capital requirements; loss of members of the Company’s senior management team; 

potential legal, tax and regulatory investigations and actions; the failure of the Company’s computer systems; and potential conflicts of 

interest between the Company and its majority shareholder, genworth Financial, Inc.

this is not an exhaustive list of the factors that may affect any of the Company’s forward-looking statements. Some of these and other 

factors are discussed in more detail in the Company’s aIF dated March 18, 2013. Investors and others should carefully consider these 

and other factors and not place undue reliance on the forward-looking statements. Further information regarding these and other risk 

factors is included in the Company’s public filings with provincial and territorial securities regulatory authorities (including the Company’s 

aIF) and can be found on the Sedar website at www.sedar.com. the forward-looking statements contained in this Md&a represent 

the Company’s views only as of the date hereof. Forward-looking statements contained in this Md&a are based on management’s 

current plans, estimates, projections, beliefs and opinions and the assumptions related to these plans, estimates, projections, beliefs 

and opinions may change, and therefore are presented for the purpose of assisting the Company’s security holders in understanding 

management’s current views regarding those future outcomes and may not be appropriate for other purposes. while the Company 

anticipates that subsequent events and developments may cause the Company’s views to change, the Company does not undertake to 

update any forward-looking statements, except to the extent required by applicable securities laws.

genwor th MI  Ca na da  In C .  2013 annUaL  report 

39

Management’s discussion and analysis (continued)

For the year ended december 31, 2013

Non-IFRS financial measures
to supplement the Company’s consolidated interim financial statements, which are prepared in accordance with IFrS, the Company 

uses non-IFrS financial measures to analyze performance. Such non-IFrS financial measures used by the Company to analyze 

performance include net operating income, operating earnings per common share (basic), operating earnings per common share 

(diluted), shareholders’ equity excluding aoCI, operating return on equity and underwriting ratios such as loss ratio, expense ratio and 

combined ratio. other non-IFrS financial measures used by the Company to analyze performance include insurance in force, new 

insurance written, MCt ratio, delinquency ratio, severity on claims paid, book value per common share (basic) including aoCI, book 

value per common share (basic) excluding aoCI, book value per common share (diluted) including aoCI, book value per common 

share (diluted) excluding aoCI, and dividends paid per common share. the Company believes that these non-IFrS financial measures 

provide meaningful supplemental information regarding its performance and may be useful to investors because they allow for greater 

transparency with respect to key metrics used by management in its financial and operational decision making. non-IFrS financial 

measures do not have standardized meaning and are unlikely to be comparable to any similar measure presented by other companies. 

In addition, where applicable, non-IFrS measures used by the Company have been adjusted to analyze the impact of the reversal of the 

government guarantee fund exit fee.

the table below reconciles the Company’s net operating income, operating earnings per common share (basic), operating earnings per 

common share (diluted) and shareholders’ equity excluding aoCI for the periods specified to the Company’s net income, earnings per 

common share (basic), earnings per common share (diluted) and shareholders’ equity in accordance with IFrS for such periods. 

(In millions of dollars, unless otherwise specified) 

net income 
adjustment to net income: 
  net investment gains, net of taxes 

net operating income(1)  

earnings per common share (basic) 
adjustment to earnings per common share: 
  net investment gains, net of taxes 

For the fourth quarter  

For the year 

2013  

2012 

2013  

$ 

93  

 $ 

226  

 $ 

375  

 $ 

(8) 

(0) 

(26) 

 $ 

85  

 $ 

226 

$ 

349  

 $ 

2012

470 

(9)

462 

$ 

0.98  

 $ 

2.29  

 $ 

3.86  

 $ 

4.77 

operating earnings per common share (basic)(1) 

$  

0.90  

 $ 

2.29  

 $ 

3.60  

 $ 

(0.08) 

(0.00) 

(0.26) 

(0.09)

4.68 

earnings per common share (diluted)(2) 
adjustment to earnings per common share: 
  net investment gains, net of taxes 

operating earnings per common share (diluted)(1),(2) 

Shareholders’ equity 
adjustment to shareholders’ equity: 
  accumulated other comprehensive income (“aoCI”) 

$ 

0.98  

 $ 

2.29  

 $ 

3.86  

 $ 

4.76 

$ 

$ 

(0.08) 

(0.00) 

(0.26) 

 0.90  

 $ 

2.28  

 $ 

3.60  

 $ 

(0.09)

4.67 

3,087 

 $ 

3,037 

$ 

3,087  

$ 

3,037 

(124) 

(221)  

(124) 

(221)

Shareholders’ equity excluding aoCI(1) 

$  

2,963  

 $ 

2,816  

 $ 

2,963  

$ 

2,816 

Note: Amounts may not total due to rounding.
(1)  The financial measures are not calculated based on IFRS. 
(2)  The difference between basic and diluted number of common shares outstanding is caused by the potentially dilutive impact of share-based compensation awards.

40 

genwo rth MI C anada I n C .  20 13 annUaL  rep ort

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Government guarantee fund exit fee reversal: Reconciliation of adjustments to IFRS and non-IFRS 
financial measures 
the impact of the 2012 government guarantee fund exit fee reversal of $186 million ($137 million after income taxes), consisting of 

$166 million ($122 million after income taxes) related to exit fees accrued in 2011 and prior years and a further $20 million ($15 million 

after-tax) accrued for the first nine months of 2012, resulted in $186 million of additional investment income in the fourth quarter of 2012 

and $166 million for the year 2012. 

the table below summarizes the impact of the 2012 government guarantee fund exit fee reversal on the Company’s key IFrS measures 

including net investment income, net income, earnings per common share (basic), earnings per common share (diluted) and non-IFrS 

financial measures including net operating income, operating return on equity, operating earnings per common share (basic), operating 

earnings per common share (diluted):

For the fourth quarter 

For the year

(In millions of dollars, unless otherwise specified) 

2013  

2012 

2013  

2012

Adjusted net investment income 
Impact of reversal of government guarantee fund exit fee  

net investment income  

Adjusted net income 
Impact of reversal of government guarantee fund exit fee  

net income  

Adjusted net operating income 
Impact of reversal of government guarantee fund exit fee  

net operating income 

Adjusted operating return on equity 
Impact of reversal of government guarantee fund exit fee  

operating return on equity  

Adjusted earnings per common share (basic) 
Impact of reversal of government guarantee fund exit fee  

earnings per common share (basic) 

Adjusted earnings per common share (diluted) 
Impact of reversal of government guarantee fund exit fee  

earnings per common share (diluted)  

Adjusted operating earnings per common share (basic) 
Impact of reversal of government guarantee fund exit fee  

operating earnings per common share (basic)  

Adjusted operating earnings per common share (diluted)   
Impact of reversal of government guarantee fund exit fee  

operating earnings per common share (diluted) 

Note: Amounts may not total due to rounding.

genwor th MI  Ca na da  In C .  2013 annUaL  report 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

56 
— 

56 

93 
— 

93 

85 
— 

85 

12% 
— 

12% 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

47 
186 

233 

89 
137 

226 

89 
137 

226 

13% 
20% 

33% 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

215 
— 

215 

375 
— 

375 

349 
— 

349 

12% 
— 

12% 

$ 

0.98  
— 

$ 

0.90  
1.39  

$ 

 3.86  
— 

 0.98  

$ 

 2.29  

$ 

 3.86  

$ 

$ 

0.98  
— 

$ 

0.90  
1.39  

$ 

 3.86  
— 

0.98  

$ 

2.29  

$ 

 3.86  

$ 

$ 

 0.90  
— 

$ 

 0.90  
1.39  

$ 

 3.60  
— 

 0.90  

$ 

 2.29  

$ 

 3.60  

$ 

$ 

 0.90  
—  

$ 

 0.90  
1.39  

$ 

 3.60  
— 

0.90  

$ 

 2.28  

$ 

 3.60  

$ 

201
166

367

348
122

470

339
122

462

13%
5%

17%

 3.53 
1.24 

 4.77 

 3.52 
1.24 

 4.76 

 3.44 
1.24 

 4.68 

 3.43 
1.24 

4.67 

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management’s discussion and analysis (continued)

For the year ended december 31, 2013

the table below shows the Company’s non-IFrS financial measures for which no comparable IFrS measure is available. For a more 

meaningful description of the measure, refer to the “glossary for non-IFrS financial measures” at the end of this Md&a.

(In millions of dollars, unless otherwise specified) 

Selected non-IFRS financial measures(1)  
Insurance in force 
new insurance written 
Loss ratio 
expense ratio 
Combined ratio 
operating return on equity(2) 
MCt ratio 
delinquency ratio 
Severity on claims paid 
Investment yield 

Book value per common share 
number of common shares outstanding (basic) 
Book value per common share including aoCI (basic) 
Book value per common share excluding aoCI (basic) 

For the fourth quarter 

For the year

2013  

2012 

2013  

2012

$  316,702 
7,693 
$ 
22% 
23% 
45% 
12% 
223% 
0.12% 
29% 
3.6% 

$  301,456 
8,472 
$ 
31% 
19% 
50% 
33% 
170% 
0.14% 
34% 
3.8% 

$  316,702 
34,985 
$ 
25% 
20% 
44% 
12% 
223% 
0.12% 
30% 
3.7% 

$  301,456
$ 
41,286
33%
18%
51%
17%
170%
0.14%
32%
4.0%

 94,910,880 
32.53 
$ 
31.22 
$ 

 98,698,018 
30.77 
$ 
28.53 
$ 

 94,910,880 
32.53 
$ 
31.22 
$ 

 98,698,018
30.77
$ 
28.53
$ 

number of common shares outstanding (diluted)(3) 
Book value per common share including aoCI (diluted)(3)   
Book value per common share excluding aoCI (diluted)(3)   
Dividends paid per common share(4) 

 94,918,169 
32.53 
$ 
31.22 
$ 
0.35 
$ 

 99,174,050 
30.62 
$ 
28.40 
$ 
0.32 
$ 

 94,918,169 
32.53 
$ 
31.22 
$ 
1.31 
$ 

 99,174,050
30.62
$ 
28.40
$ 
1.19
$ 

(1)  The financial measures are not calculated based on IFRS. 
(2) 

 Excluding the impact of the government guarantee fund exit fee reversal in investment income of $186 million in the fourth quarter of 2012, adjusted operating return on equity would have 
been 13%. Excluding the impact of the government guarantee fund exit fee reversal in investment income of $166 million related to 2011 and prior years, adjusted operating return on 
equity for the year 2012 would have been 13%.

(3)  The difference between basic and diluted number of common shares outstanding is caused by the potentially dilutive impact of share-based compensation awards.
(4)  Dividends paid per common share reflect payment for the fourth quarter and year ended 2013 and 2012.

42 

genwo rth MI C anada I n C .  20 13 annUaL  rep ort

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Glossary for non-IFRS financial measures
“book value per common share” is a measure of the carrying value of each individual share of the Company and is a key metric used 

by investors in assessing the market value of the Company. 

“book value per share including AOCI (basic)” means the per share amount of shareholders’ equity to the number of basic common 

shares outstanding at a specified date. 

“book value per share excluding AOCI (basic)” means the per share amount of shareholders’ equity excluding aoCI to the number of 

basic common shares outstanding at a specified date. 

“book value per share including AOCI (diluted)” means the per share amount of shareholders’ equity including aoCI to the number 

of diluted common shares outstanding at a specified date. diluted common shares outstanding takes into account all of the outstanding 

dilutive securities that could potentially be exercised. 

“book value per share excluding AOCI (diluted)” means the per share amount of shareholders’ equity excluding aoCI to the number 

of diluted common shares outstanding at a specified date. diluted common shares outstanding takes into account all of the outstanding 

dilutive securities that could potentially be exercised. 

“combined ratio” means the sum of the loss ratio and the expense ratio. the combined ratio measures the proportion of the 

Company’s total cost to its premium earned and is used to assess the profitability of the Company insurance underwriting activities. 

“delinquency ratio” means the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of the total number of delinquent loans to the total original number 

of policies in force at a specified date. the delinquency ratio is an indicator of the emergence of losses on claims and the quality of the 

insurance portfolio and a useful comparison to industry benchmarks and internal targets. 

“dividends paid per common share” means the portion of the Company’s profits distributed to shareholders during a specified period, 

and measures the total amount distributed by the Company to shareholders. 

“expense ratio” means the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of sales, underwriting and administrative expenses to net premiums 

earned for a specified period. the expense ratio measures the operational efficiency of the Company and is a useful comparison to 

industry benchmarks and internal targets. 

“insurance in force” means the amount of all mortgage insurance policies in effect at a specified date, based on the original principal 

balance of mortgages covered by such insurance policies, including any capitalized premiums. Insurance in force measures the 

maximum potential total risk exposure under insurance contracts at any given time and is used to assess potential losses on claims. 

“investment yield” means the net investment income before investment fees and excluding net realized gains (losses) tax affected for 

dividends for a period divided by the average of the beginning and ending investment’s book value for such period. For quarterly results, 

the investment yield is the annualized net investment income using the average of beginning and ending investment’s book value for 

such quarter. 

“loss ratio” means the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of the total amount of losses on claims associated with insurance policies 

incurred during a specified period to net premiums earned during such period. the loss ratio is a key measure of underwriting 

profitability and the quality of the insurance portfolio and is used for comparisons to industry benchmarks and internal targets. 

“Minimum Capital Test” or “MCT” means the minimum capital test for certain federally regulated insurance companies established 

by oSFI (as defined herein). Under MCt, companies calculate an MCt ratio of regulatory capital available to regulatory capital required 

using a defined methodology prescribed by oSFI in monitoring the adequacy of a company’s capital. the MCt ratio is a key metric of the 

adequacy of the Company’s capital in comparison to regulatory requirements and is used for comparisons to other mortgage insurers 

and internal targets. 

genwor th MI  Ca na da  In C .  2013 annUaL  report 

43

Management’s discussion and analysis (continued)

For the year ended december 31, 2013

“net operating income” means net income excluding after-tax net realized gains (losses) on sale of investments and unrealized 

gains (losses) on fair value through profit or loss (“FVtpL”) securities. net operating income estimates the recurring after-tax 

earnings from core business activities and is an indicator of core operating performance. 

“new insurance written” means the original principal balance of mortgages, including any capitalized premiums, insured during a 

specified period. new insurance written measures the maximum potential risk exposure under insurance contracts added during a 

specific time period and is used to determine potential loss exposure. 

“operating return on equity” means the net operating income for a period divided by the average of the beginning and ending 

shareholders’ equity, excluding aoCI, for such period. For quarterly results, the operating return is the annualized operating return on 

equity using the average of beginning and ending shareholders’ equity, excluding aoCI, for such quarter. operating return on equity 

is an indicator of return on equity from the core business activities. 

“severity on claims paid” means the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of the dollar amount of paid claims during a specified period 

on insured loans to the original insured mortgage amount relating to such loans. the main determinants of the severity ratio are the 

loan-to-value (original balance of a mortgage loan divided by the original value of the mortgaged property), age of the mortgage loan, 

the value of the underlying property, accrued interest on the loan, expenses advanced by the insured and foreclosure expenses. 

Severity on claims paid ratio measures the size of the average loss on a paid claim relative to the original insured mortgage amount 

and is used to assess the potential loss exposure related to insurance in force and for comparison to industry benchmarks and 

internal targets.

the Company’s full glossary is posted on the Company’s website at http://investor.genworthmicanada.ca and can be accessed by 

clicking on the “glossary of terms” link in the Investor resources subsection on the left navigation bar.

44 

genwo rth MI C anada I n C .  20 13 annUaL  rep ort

Genworth MI Canada Inc.

 Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended december 31, 2013 and 2012

46 

 Management statement on responsibility for 
financial reporting

47 

Independent auditors’ report 

48  Consolidated statements of financial position

49  Consolidated statements of income

50  Consolidated statements of comprehensive income

51 

 Consolidated statements of changes in equity

52  Consolidated statements of cash flows

53  Notes to consolidated financial statements

genwor th MI  Ca na da  In C .  2013 annUaL  report 

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management statement on responsibility for financial reporting

Management is responsible for the preparation and presentation of the consolidated financial statements of genworth MI Canada 

Inc. (the “Company”). this responsibility includes ensuring the integrity and fairness of information presented and making appropriate 

estimates based on judgment. the consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity with Canadian generally accepted 

accounting principles. 

preparation of financial information is an integral part of management’s broader responsibilities for the ongoing operations of the 

Company. Management maintains an extensive system of internal accounting controls to ensure that transactions are accurately 

recorded on a timely basis, are properly approved and result in reliable financial statements. the adequacy of operation of the control 

systems is monitored on an ongoing basis by management.

the Board of directors of the Company (the “Board”) is responsible for approving the financial statements. the audit Committee of 

the Board, comprising directors who are neither officers nor employees of the Company, meets with management, internal auditors, 

the actuary and external auditors (all of whom have unrestricted access and the opportunity to have private meetings with the audit 

Committee), and reviews the financial statements. the audit Committee then submits its report to the Board recommending its 

approval of the financial statements.

the Company’s appointed actuary is required to conduct a valuation of policy liabilities in accordance with Canadian generally accepted 

actuarial standards, reporting his results to management and the audit Committee.

the office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Canada (“oSFI”) makes an annual examination and inquiry into the affairs of 

the insurance subsidiary of the Company as deemed necessary to ensure that the Company is in sound financial condition and that the 

interests of the policyholders are protected under the provisions of the Insurance Companies Act (Canada).

the Company’s external auditors, KpMg LLp, Chartered professional accountants, conduct an independent audit of the consolidated 

financial statements of the Company and meet both with management and the audit Committee to discuss the results of their audit. 

the auditors’ report to the shareholders appears on the following page.

Brian Hurley 
president and Chief executive officer

Philip Mayers 
Senior Vice-president and Chief Financial officer

toronto, Canada 

46 

genwo rth MI C anada I n C .  20 13 annUaL rep ort

Independent auditors’ report

to the Shareholders of genworth MI Canada Inc.

we have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of genworth MI Canada Inc., which comprise the consolidated 

statements of financial position as at december 31, 2013 and 2012, the consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, 

changes in equity and cash flows for the years then ended, and notes, comprising a summary of significant accounting policies and 

other explanatory information.

Management’s responsibility for the consolidated financial statements
Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with 

International Financial reporting Standards, and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the 

preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditors’ responsibility
our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. we conducted our audits in 

accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards. those standards require that we comply with ethical requirements 

and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from 

material misstatement. 

an audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial 

statements. the procedures selected depend on our judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the 

consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, we consider internal control relevant 

to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are 

appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. 

an audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made 

by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. 

we believe that the audit evidence we have obtained in our audits is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of 

genworth MI Canada Inc. as at december 31, 2013 and 2012, and its consolidated financial performance and its consolidated cash flows 

for the years then ended in accordance with International Financial reporting Standards.

Chartered Professional Accountants, Licensed Public Accountants

February 18, 2014 

toronto, Canada 

genwor th MI  Ca na da  In C .  2013 annUaL  report 

47

 Consolidated statements of financial position
(In thousands of Canadian dollars)

Assets
Cash and cash equivalents (note 9) 
Short-term investments (note 9) 
accrued investment income and other receivables 
Bonds and debentures (note 9) 
Bonds and debentures under securities lending program (note 9) 
government guarantee fund (note 10) 
equity investments (note 9) 
Collateral receivable under reinsurance agreement (note 6(e))   

total invested assets, accrued investment income and  other receivables 

Income taxes recoverable 
Subrogation recoverable (note 6(c)) 
prepaid assets 
property and equipment 
Intangible assets (note 16) 
deferred policy acquisition costs (note 6(d)) 
goodwill (note 18) 

total assets 

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity
Liabilities:
accounts payable and accrued liabilities 
Loss reserves (note 6(b)) 
Income taxes payable 
Share-based compensation liabilities (note 15)  
derivative financial instruments (note 9) 
Long-term debt (note 20) 
Unearned premium reserves (note 6(a)) 
accrued net benefit liabilities under employee benefit plans (note 14) 
net deferred tax liabilities (note 11) 

total liabilities 

Shareholders’ equity:
Share capital (note 19) 
retained earnings 
accumulated other comprehensive income 

total shareholders’ equity 

total liabilities and shareholders’ equity 

(1)  Refer to note 22 for a presentation of assets and liabilities expected to be recovered or settled after 12 months.

See the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

on behalf of the Board:

  December 31,  december 31, 
2012(1)

2013(1) 

$  213,692 
39,649 
31,561 
  4,694,002 
243,141 
— 
184,422 
28,482 

$  247,856
90,014
27,526
  3,525,109
208,765
979,196
328,411
—

  5,434,949 

  5,406,877

— 
75,454 
3,136 
735 
7,314 
158,427 
11,172 

59,595
91,260
1,914
1,578
9,740
152,311
11,172

$ 5,691,187 

$ 5,734,447

$ 

31,219 
117,388 
224,810 
14,317 
2,668 
422,767 
  1,723,768 
26,519 
40,413 

$ 

22,707
139,398
—
4,875
—
422,345
  1,785,141
26,719
296,298

  2,603,869 

  2,697,483

  1,408,213 
  1,555,062 
124,043 

  1,463,612
  1,352,456
220,896

  3,087,318 

  3,036,964

$ 5,691,187 

$ 5,734,447

Brian Hurley 
director 

48 

Brian Kelly
director

genwo rth MI C anada I n C .  20 13 annUaL  rep ort

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated statements of income
(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts)

Years ended december 31 

gross premiums written (note 6(a)) 

net premiums written (note 6(a)) 

net premiums earned (note 6(a)) 
Losses on claims (note 6(b)) 
expenses:
  premium taxes and underwriting fees 
  employee compensation 
  office 
  professional fees 
  promotional and travel 
  other 

  total expenses 
  net change in deferred policy acquisition costs (note 6(d)) 

net underwriting income 
Investment income:

Interest 
  dividends 
  net investment gains 
  government guarantee fund earnings (note 10) 

Impact of the reversal of the government guarantee fund exit fee (note 10)   

  total investment income 
  general investment expenses 

Interest expense (note 20) 

Income before income taxes   
Income taxes (note 11):
  Current 
  deferred 

net income attributable to owners of the Company 

earnings per share (note 21):
  Basic  
  diluted 

See the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

2013 

2012

$  511,844 

$  560,203

$  511,844 

$  550,485

$  573,217 
141,867 

$  589,040
193,770

41,516 
46,125 
19,719 
5,417 
5,110 
1,023 

118,910 
(6,116) 

112,794 

318,556 

174,046 
9,168 
36,792 
— 
— 

220,006 
(4,549) 

215,457 

22,926 

511,087 

33,386
38,510
20,278
4,460
5,783
503

102,920
1,698

104,618

290,652

154,692
12,125
12,103
7,107
185,843

371,870
(4,872)

366,998

22,966

634,684

375,902 
(239,472) 

99,387
64,875

136,430 

164,262

$  374,657 

$  470,422

$ 

$ 

3.86 
3.86 

4.77
4.76

genwor th MI  Ca na da  In C .  2013 annUaL  report 

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated statements of comprehensive income
(In thousands of Canadian dollars)

Years ended december 31 

net income 
other comprehensive income: 

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to income:
  re-measurement of employee benefit plan obligations, 

net of income tax of $899 (2012 – $2,067) 
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to income:
  net change in fair value of available-for-sale (“aFS”)  

financial assets, net of income tax of $27,057 (2012 – $7,034) 
  gains on aFS financial assets realized and reclassified to income,  

  net of income tax of $9,510 (2012 – $5,553) 

  total other comprehensive income (loss) attributable  to owners of the  

  Company net of income tax of $35,668 (2012 – $586) 

total comprehensive income attributable to owners of the Company 

See the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

2013 

2012

$  374,657 

$  470,422

2,518 

(5,807)

(71,666) 

20,766

(25,187) 

(14,727)

(94,335) 

232

$  280,322 

$  470,654

50 

genwo rth MI C anada I n C .  20 13 annUaL  rep ort

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated statements of changes in equity
(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts)

Balance at January 1, 2013   
Comprehensive income (loss):
  net income 
  other comprehensive loss   

  total comprehensive income (loss) 

transactions recognized directly in equity:
  dividends on common shares(1) 
Issuance of common shares 

  repurchase of common shares (note 19) 
  re-measurement of employee benefit obligations, net of income tax  

Share 
capital 

Retained 
earnings 

Accumulated 
other 
comprehensive 
 income (loss) 

Total 
shareholders’ 
equity

$ 1,463,612 

$ 1,352,456 

$  220,896 

$ 3,036,964

— 
— 

— 

374,657 
— 

374,657 

— 
(94,335) 

374,657
(94,335)

(94,335) 

280,322

— 
2,500 
(57,899) 
— 

(127,368) 
— 
(47,201) 
2,518 

— 
— 
— 
(2,518) 

(127,368)
2,500
(105,100)
—

  total transactions recognized directly in equity 

(55,399) 

(172,051) 

(2,518) 

(229,968)

Balance at December 31, 2013 

$ 1,408,213 

$ 1,555,062 

$  124,043 

$ 3,087,318

Balance at January 1, 2012 
Comprehensive income:
  net income  
  other comprehensive income 

  total comprehensive income  

transactions recognized directly in equity:
  dividends on common shares(1) 
Issuance of common shares 

Share 
capital 

retained 
earnings 

accumulated 
other 
comprehensive 
 income 

total 
shareholders’ 
equity

$ 1,462,994 

$  1,005,276 

$  214,857 

$ 2,683,127

— 
— 

— 

— 
618 
 — 
618 

470,422 
— 

470,422 

(117,435) 
— 
(5,807) 
(123,242) 

— 
232 

232 

— 
— 
5,807 
5,807 

470,422
232

470,654

(117,435)
618
—
(116,817)

  re-measurement of employee benefit plan obligations, net of income tax    
total transactions recognized directly in equity  

Balance at december 31, 2012 

$ 1,463,612 

$  1,352,456 

$  220,896 

$ 3,036,964

(1) 

 The Company paid dividends of $0.32 per common share in the first, second and third quarters of 2013 and $0.35 per common share in the fourth quarter of 2013 ($0.29 per common share 
in the first, second and third quarters of 2012 and $0.32 per common share in the fourth quarter of 2012).

See the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

genwor th MI  Ca na da  In C .  2013 annUaL  report 

51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated statements of cash flows
(In thousands of Canadian dollars)

Years ended december 31 

Cash provided by (used in):
operating activities:
  net income 

  adjustments for:
  amortization of intangible assets and depreciation of  property and equipment 
  expensing of deferred policy acquisition costs 

Income taxes 
Interest income 
  dividend income 
  net investment gains 
Interest expense 

  government guarantee fund earnings 

Impact of the reversal of the government guarantee fund  

  Share-based compensation expense   

  Change in non-cash balances related to operations:

  government guarantee fund 
  net cash resulting from termination of the government guarantee fund 
  accrued investment income and other receivables 
  Collateral receivable under reinsurance agreement 
  prepaid assets 
  Subrogation recoverable   
  deferred policy acquisition costs 
  accounts payable and accrued liabilities   
  Loss reserves 
  Unearned premium reserves 
  accrued net benefit liabilities under employee benefit plans 

  Cash generated from (used in) operating activities: 
Interest received from bonds and debentures 

  dividends received from equity investments 

Interest paid on long-term debt 
Income taxes paid 

  Stock options settled in cash 

  net cash generated from operating activities 
Financing activities:
  dividends paid 
  repurchase of common shares 
Issuance of common shares 

  net cash used in financing activities 
Investing activities:
  purchase of short-term investments 
  proceeds from sale of short-term investments 
  purchase of bonds 
  proceeds from sale of bonds and bond maturities 
  purchase of equity investments 
  proceeds from sale of equity investments 
  purchase of intangible assets and property and equipment   

Investment in subsidiary, net of cash acquired 

  net cash generated from (used in) financing activities 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year   

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year 

See the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

52 

2013 

2012

$  374,657 

$  470,422 

6,269 
46,058 
136,430 
(174,046) 
(9,168) 
(36,792) 
22,926 
— 
— 
11,232 

377,566 

— 
30,159 
(7,636) 
(28,482) 
(1,222) 
15,806 
(52,174) 
8,091 
(22,010) 
(61,373) 
3,217 

6,813
47,469
164,262
(154,692)
(12,125)
(12,103)
22,966
(7,107)
(185,843)
3,302

343,364 

(47,622)
—
9,603
—
1,477
15,297
(45,771)
(22,104)
(29,610)
(38,537)
2,493

261,942 

188,590 

190,523 
9,722 
(22,505) 
(72,243) 
(1,178) 

366,261 

(127,368) 
(105,100) 
1,888 

(230,580) 

(182,470) 
232,835 
  (1,672,158) 
  1,283,327 
(85,739) 
257,360 
(3,000) 
— 

166,192
10,929
(22,905)
(155,849)
(787)

186,170

(117,435)
—
—

(117,435)

(262,220)
217,929
(591,931)
818,754
(206,830)
134,320
(3,919)
774

(169,845) 

 106,877

(34,164) 
247,856 

175,612
72,244

$  213,692 

$  247,856

genwo rth MI C anada I n C .  20 13 annUaL  rep ort

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Notes to consolidated financial statements 

(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) Years ended december 31, 2013 and 2012

1.  Reporting entity

genworth MI Canada Inc. (the “Company”) was incorporated under the Canada Business Corporations Act on May 25, 2009 and 
is domiciled in Canada. Its shares are publicly traded on the toronto Stock exchange under the symbol “MIC.” the Company’s 
registered office is located at Suite 300, 2060 winston park drive, oakville, ontario, L6h 5r7, Canada.

genworth Financial, Inc., a public company listed on the new York Stock exchange, indirectly holds approximately 57.4% of the 
common shares of the Company. 

the Company holds a 100% ownership interest in the holding companies genworth Canada holdings I Limited (“holdings I”), 
genworth Canada holdings II Limited (“holdings II”), and MIC holdings e Company (“eco”). during the year ended december 31, 
2013, MIC holdings d Company (“dco”) was wound up as part of a corporate reorganization undertaken by the Company. 
the Company also holds an indirect 100% ownership interest in genworth Financial Mortgage Insurance Company Canada 
(“genworth Mortgage Insurance Canada” or “the Insurance Subsidiary”) through holdings I and holdings II. these consolidated 
financial statements as at and for the 12 months ended december 31, 2013 reflect the consolidation of the Company and these 
subsidiaries. additional details on the reporting and consolidation structure are disclosed in note 12(b).

the Insurance Subsidiary is engaged in mortgage insurance in Canada and owns all of the issued and outstanding shares of pMI 
Mortgage Insurance Company Canada (“pMI Canada”). pMI Canada is licensed to service mortgage insurance policies originated 
prior to its acquisition by the Company in 2012, and to underwrite reinsurance limited to the class of mortgage insurance.

the Insurance Subsidiary and pMI Canada are regulated by the office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Canada 
(“oSFI”), as well as applicable provincial financial services regulators.

2.  Basis of preparation

(a)  Statement of compliance

these consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with International Financial reporting Standards (“IFrS”), as 
issued by the International accounting Standards Board (“IaSB”). 

these consolidated financial statements were approved by the Board of directors on February 18, 2014.

(b)  Basis of measurement

these consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except for the following material items in 
the consolidated statements of financial position:

(i)  available-for-sale (“aFS”) short-term investments, bonds and debentures and equity investments are measured at fair value;

(ii)   real estate and other assets recorded as subrogation recoverable are measured at the fair value of the asset at the reporting 

date less costs for obtaining and realizing the asset;

(iii)  the government guarantee fund, which is comprised of net aFS financial assets, is measured at fair value;

(iv)  derivative financial instruments, which are comprised of foreign currency forwards, are measured at fair value;

(v)  accrued benefit liabilities under employee benefit plans are recognized at the present value of the defined benefit obligations; 

(vi)  Liabilities for cash-settled share-based compensation are measured at fair value; and

(vii) Loss reserves are discounted and include an actuarial margin for adverse deviation.

genwor th MI  Ca na da  In C .  2013 annUaL  report 

53

notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) Years ended december 31, 2013 and 2012

2.  Basis of preparation (continued)

(c)  Functional and presentation currency

these consolidated financial statements are presented in Canadian dollars, which is the Company’s functional currency. all financial 
information presented in Canadian dollars has been rounded to the nearest thousand, except per share amounts.

(d)  Use of estimates and judgments

the preparation of financial statements requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the 
application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the dates of the consolidated financial 
statements and the reported amounts of income and expenses during the years. actual results may differ from estimates made. 
See note 5 for a description of the significant judgments and estimates made by the Company.

3.  Significant accounting policies

(a)  Basis of consolidation

(i)  Business combinations:

 Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method as at the acquisition date, when control is transferred to 
the Company. 

 the Company adopted IFrS 10 – Consolidated Financial Statements (“IFrS 10”), effective January 1, 2013. IFrS 10 replaces 
the guidance on control and consolidation in IaS 27 – Consolidated and separate financial statements (“IaS 27”), and Standards 
Interpretation Committee 12 – Consolidation – Special purpose entities (“SIC-12”).

 as a result of the adoption of IFrS 10, the Company changed its accounting policy with respect to determining whether it has 
control over and consequently whether it consolidates its investees. Under IFrS 10, control has been transferred if an entity has 
power over an investee, is subject to the variability of returns of the investee, and can exercise its power to influence the returns 
of the investee. the Company reassessed the control conclusion for its investees at January 1, 2013 and identified no changes 
to the previous conclusions on whether control exists or other changes affecting the consolidation structure of the Company.

 the Company measures goodwill at the acquisition date as the fair value of consideration transferred less the net recognized 
amount of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. when the excess is negative, a bargain purchase gain is 
recognized immediately in income. 

 transaction costs, other than those associated with the issue of debt or equity securities, that the Company incurs in 
connection with a business combination are expensed as incurred.

Interest in consolidated subsidiaries is disclosed in note 12(b).

(ii)  Subsidiaries:

 Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Company. the financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated 
financial statements from the date that control commences until the date control ceases. Intra-group balances and transactions 
are eliminated in preparing consolidated financial statements.

(b)  Insurance contracts

the items in the Company’s consolidated financial statements that are derived from insurance contracts are premiums, losses on 
claims, subrogation recoveries, deferred policy acquisition costs and reinsurance. each of these items is described below.

(i)  premiums written, premiums earned and unearned premium reserves:

 Mortgage insurance premiums are deferred and then taken into underwriting revenues over the terms of the related policies. 
the unearned portion of premiums is included in the liability for unearned premium reserves. the majority of policies to date 
have been written for terms of 25 to 35 years. the rates or formulae under which premiums are earned are based on the loss 
emergence pattern in each year of coverage. the Company performs actuarial studies and adjusts the formulae under which 
premiums are earned in accordance with the results of such studies. this includes adjustments to earnings from premium 
written in respect of prior periods. 

 a premium deficiency provision, if required, is determined as the excess of the present value of expected future losses on 
claims and expenses (including policy maintenance expenses) on policies in force (using an appropriate discount rate) over 
unearned premium reserves.

54 

genwo rth MI C anada I n C .  20 13 annUaL  rep ort

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(ii)  risk fee:

 In conjunction with receiving credit support in the form of the government of Canada guarantee, as prescribed in the 
Protection of Residential Mortgage or Hypothecary Act (“prMhIa”), the Company is subject to a risk fee equal to 2.25% 
of gross premiums written (note 10). the Company records the risk fee in premium taxes and underwriting fees in the 
consolidated statement of income. the risk fee relates directly to the acquisition of new mortgage insurance business. 
accordingly, it is subsequently deferred and expensed in proportion to and over the period in which premiums are earned 
(note 3(b)(v)) and reflected in deferred policy acquisition costs. 

 the risk fee became applicable to the Company when prMhIa became effective on January 1, 2013. prior to the enactment 
of prMhIa, premiums written were recorded net of risk premiums related to the terms of the government guarantee 
agreement (note 10).

(iii)  Losses on claims and loss reserves:

 Losses on claims include internal and external claims adjustment expenses and are recorded net of amounts received or 
expected to be received from recoveries. 

 Loss reserves represent the amount needed to provide for the expected ultimate net cost of settling claims including adjustment 
expenses related to defaults by borrowers (both reported and unreported) that have occurred on or before each reporting date. 
Loss reserves are discounted to take into account the time value of money. the Company records a supplemental provision for 
adverse deviation based on an explicit margin for adverse deviation developed by the Company’s actuary.

 Loss reserves are derecognized after a claim has been paid and the Company’s obligation under the policy has been fulfilled, or 
after a borrower has remedied a delinquent loan and management estimates that no loss will be incurred under the policy.

(iv)  Subrogation recoveries and subrogation recoverable:

 real estate and other collateral acquired as a result of settling claims are carried in subrogation recoverable at the fair value of 
the collateral less costs for obtaining and realizing the collateral. estimated borrower recoveries related to claims paid and loss 
reserves are recognized in subrogation recoverable net of estimated administrative fees associated with collection.

(v)  deferred policy acquisition costs:

 deferred policy acquisition costs comprise premium taxes, appraisal costs, risk fee, certain employee compensation, and other 
expenses that relate directly to acquisition of new mortgage insurance business. policy acquisition costs related to unearned 
premiums are deferred to the extent that they can be expected to be recovered from the unearned premium reserves and are 
expensed in proportion to and over the periods in which the premiums are earned.

(vi)  reinsurance:

 reinsurance contracts are those contracts under which the reinsurer agrees to indemnify the cedant against all or part 
of the primary insurance risks underwritten by the cedant under one or more insurance contracts. during the year ended 
december 31, 2013, the Company has assumed the role of a reinsurer in the reinsurance agreement described in note 6(e).

 reinsurance premiums are taken into underwriting revenues over the terms of the related reinsurance agreements. reinsurance 
premiums are reported in gross and net premiums written and premiums earned in the consolidated statement of income.

 Unpaid reinsurance premiums, if any, are reported in accrued investment income and other receivables on the consolidated 
statement of financial position.

(c)  Financial instruments

the Company recognizes financial assets on the trade date at which the Company becomes a party to the contractual provisions of 
the financial asset contract.

the Company derecognizes a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire, or it transfers 
the rights to receive contractual cash flows on the financial asset in a transaction in which substantially all the risks and rewards 
of ownership of the financial asset are transferred. any interest in transferred financial assets that is created or retained by the 
Company is recognized as a separate asset or liability.

genwor th MI  Ca na da  In C .  2013 annUaL  report 

55

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) Years ended december 31, 2013 and 2012

3.  Significant accounting policies (continued)

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount is presented in the statements of financial position when the Company 
has a legal right to offset the amounts and intends either to settle on a net basis or to realize the asset and settle the liability 
simultaneously.

(i)  Cash and cash equivalents:

 Cash and cash equivalents are comprised of deposits in banks, treasury bills, and other highly liquid investments, with 
original maturities of three months or less, that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an 
insignificant risk of changes in value.

(ii)  Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss:

 a financial asset is classified as fair value through profit and loss (“FVtpL”) if it is considered to be held for trading or it is 
designated as such upon initial recognition. the Company has classified its derivative financial instruments as FVtpL at 
december 31, 2013 (note 3(e)).

 FVtpL financial assets are recorded at fair value with realized gains and losses on sale and changes in the fair value recorded in 
investment income. transaction costs related to FVtpL financial assets are recognized in income as incurred.

(iii)  aFS financial assets:

 aFS financial assets are non-derivative financial assets that are designated as aFS and are not classified in any other specific 
financial asset category. as at december 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company classified bonds and debentures, including bonds 
and debentures in the government guarantee fund, short-term investments and equity investments, in the aFS financial asset 
category. these financial assets are designated as and qualified to be aFS because they are traded in an active market.

 aFS financial assets are recorded at fair value, with changes in the fair value of these assets recorded in other comprehensive 
income. Cumulative realized gains and losses on sale and cumulative realized gains and losses on aFS instrument 
derecognition, as well as impairment losses, are reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income and recorded in 
investment income. Investment gains or losses on sale of investments are measured at the difference between cash proceeds 
received and the amortized cost of a fixed income investment or the cost of an equity investment. transaction costs are 
capitalized as part of the carrying value of the aFS financial assets. 

 re-measurement adjustments arising on translation of aFS bonds denominated in U.S. dollars to Canadian dollars are 
recognized in net investment gains in accordance with the accounting policy for foreign currency translation in note 3(n).

(iv)  Loans and receivables:

 Loans and receivables are financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. Such 
assets are recognized initially at fair value plus any directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, loans 
and receivables are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment losses. Loans and 
receivables comprise cash and cash equivalents, accrued investment income and other receivables and collateral receivable 
under reinsurance agreement.

(v)  non-derivative financial liabilities:

 all non-derivative financial liabilities are recognized initially on the date that the Company becomes a party to the contractual 
provisions of the financial instrument.

 the Company derecognizes a financial liability when its contractual obligations are discharged or cancelled or expire.

 the Company classifies all non-derivative financial liabilities into the other Financial Liabilities category. Such financial liabilities 
are recognized initially at fair value along with any directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, these 
financial liabilities are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. 

 non-derivative financial liabilities are comprised of the Company’s long-term debt (note 20) and accounts payable and accrued 
liabilities including balances due to the Company’s majority shareholder and companies under common control (note 12(c)).

56 

genwo rth MI C anada I n C .  20 13 annUaL  rep ort

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(d)  Securities lending

Securities lending transactions are entered into on a fully collateralized basis. the transfer of the securities themselves is not 
derecognized on the consolidated statements of financial position given that the risks and rewards of ownership are not transferred 
from the Company to the counterparties in the course of such transactions. the securities are reported separately on the 
consolidated statements of financial position on the basis that counterparties may resell or re-pledge the securities during the time 
that the securities are in their possession.

Securities received from counterparties as collateral are not recorded on the consolidated statements of financial position given that 
the risk and rewards of ownership are not transferred from the counterparties to the Company in the course of such transactions 
and because cash collateral is not permitted as an acceptable form of collateral under the program.

(e)  Derivative financial instruments

derivative financial instruments are financial contracts whose value is derived from an underlying interest rate, foreign exchange 
rate, equity or commodity instrument or index. derivative financial instruments are classified as FVtpL and are recognized in 
the consolidated statement of financial position as assets when their fair value is positive and as liabilities when their fair value 
is negative. while the Company has the ability to net settle multiple financial derivative instruments under a master netting 
arrangement, the Company does not meet the accounting requirements to offset derivative assets and liabilities. accordingly, each 
derivative financial instrument is presented as an asset or a liability based on the fair value of the individual instrument. 

Changes in fair value of derivative financial instruments are recognized in the consolidated statements of income in net investment 
gains during the period in which they arise.

(f) 

Interest income

Interest income from fixed income investments including short-term investments and bonds and debentures is recognized on an 
accrual basis using the effective interest method and reported as interest in investment income. 

Lending fees received under the Company’s securities lending program are recognized on an accrual basis and reported in 
investment income.

Interest income from impaired fixed income investments is recognized using the rate of interest used to discount the future cash 
flows for the purpose of measuring the impairment loss. Such interest is recognized only if the Company expects the interest to be 
received based on the financial condition of the fixed income investment issuer.

(g)  Dividend income

dividends on equity investments are recognized when the shareholders‘ right to receive payment is established, which is the 
ex-dividend date, and are reported as dividends in investment income.

(h)  Property plant and equipment

(i)  recognition and measurement:

 property and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. Cost includes 
all expenditures that are directly attributable to acquiring the asset and preparing it for its intended use.

 when parts of an item of property and equipment have different useful lives, they are accounted for as separate items (major 
components) of property and equipment.

 gains and losses on disposal of an item of property and equipment are determined by comparing the proceeds from disposal 
with the carrying amount of the property and equipment, and are recognized on a net basis in income. 

 the Company classifies computer software that is part of an operating system or is an integral part of related hardware as 
property and equipment.

(ii)  Subsequent costs:

 property and equipment replacements are recognized in the carrying amount of property and equipment if they embody future 
economic benefit to the Company and the carrying amount of the replaced part is derecognized. the costs of day-to-day 
servicing of property and equipment are expensed as incurred.

genwor th MI  Ca na da  In C .  2013 annUaL  report 

57

 
 
 
 
 
notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) Years ended december 31, 2013 and 2012

3.  Significant accounting policies (continued)

(iii)  depreciation:

 depreciation on property and equipment, except for leasehold improvements, is recognized in income on a straight-line basis 
over the estimated useful lives of each component of an item of property and equipment from the date it is available for use. 
Straight-line depreciation most closely reflects the expected pattern of consumption of the future economic benefits embodied 
in the property and equipment. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the terms of the related leases. 

(i) 

Intangible assets

(i)  goodwill:

 goodwill arises upon the acquisition of subsidiaries. See note 3(a)(i) for the policy on measurement of goodwill on initial 
recognition. Subsequent to initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less accumulated impairment losses. See note 3(j)(ii) 
for the policy on measurement of impairment losses on non-financial assets, including goodwill.

(ii)  other intangible assets:

(a)  Recognition and measurement

 Intangible assets are recorded at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses. the Company’s 
intangible assets consist of computer application software that is not an integral part of related hardware. 

(b)  Subsequent expenditures

 Subsequent expenditures that increase application software functionality are recognized in the carrying amount of intangible 
assets if they embody future economic benefit to the Company. all other costs including the costs of day-to-day servicing of 
intangible assets are expensed as incurred.

(c)  Amortization

 amortization is recognized in expense on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of intangible assets from the date 
that they are available for use, since this most closely reflects the expected pattern of consumption of the future economic 
benefits embodied in the assets.

(j) 

Impairment

(i) 

Impairment of financial assets:

 a financial asset not carried at FVtpL is assessed at each reporting date to determine whether there is objective evidence 
that it is impaired. a financial asset is impaired if objective evidence indicates that a loss event has occurred after the initial 
recognition of the asset and that the loss event had a negative effect on the estimated future cash flows of that asset that can 
be estimated reliably.

 objective evidence that financial assets are impaired includes default or delinquency by the debtor, indications that the issuer 
of a security will enter bankruptcy, economic conditions that correlate with defaults or the disappearance of an active market 
for a security, a significant or prolonged decline in fair value of an equity investment below its cost, or lack of intent to hold the 
investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery.

 Impairment losses on aFS financial assets are recognized by reclassifying losses from accumulated other comprehensive 
income (“aoCI”) to income. the cumulative loss that is reclassified from aoCI to income is the difference between the 
acquisition cost, net of any principal repayment and amortization, and the current fair value, less any impairment loss recognized 
previously in income. Changes in impairment provisions attributable to time value are reflected as a component of investment 
income. If, in a subsequent period, the fair value of an impaired aFS debt security increases and the increase can be related 
objectively to an event occurring after the impairment loss was recognized in income, then the impairment loss is reversed, 
with the amount of the reversal recognized in income. however, any subsequent recovery in fair value of an impaired aFS 
equity investment is recognized in other comprehensive income (“oCI”).

58 

genwo rth MI C anada I n C .  20 13 annUaL  rep ort

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(ii)  Impairment of non-financial assets:

 the carrying amounts of the Company’s non-financial assets are reviewed at each reporting period to determine whether there 
is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated. an impairment loss is 
recognized if the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated recoverable amount. goodwill is tested for impairment on 
an annual basis regardless of whether an indication of impairment exists. 

 the recoverable amount of an asset is the greater of its value in use and its fair value less expected selling costs. In assessing 
value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects 
current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. For purposes of goodwill 
impairment testing, comparison of the estimated recoverable amount to the carrying amount is performed on the Company’s 
single cash-generating unit (“CgU”), which is its mortgage insurance business. Impairment losses are recognized in income 
in the period in which the impairment is determined. Impairment losses recognized in respect of a CgU are allocated first to 
reduce the carrying amount of goodwill and then to reduce the carrying amounts of the other assets in the CgU on a pro rata 
basis. an impairment loss in respect of goodwill is not reversed.

 the assessment of impairment of non-financial assets excludes assessment of deferred policy acquisition costs. the ability 
of the Company to recover its deferred policy acquisition costs is assessed as part of the Company’s overall insurance liability 
adequacy testing. In the event that a provision for premium deficiency is required based on this test, the deferred policy 
acquisition cost asset is reduced, with a corresponding charge recognized as deferred policy acquisition expense.

(k)  Income taxes

Income taxes are comprised of current and deferred taxes. Current and deferred taxes associated with items recognized in equity 
are recognized directly in equity. taxes on fair value gains and losses and actuarial gains and losses from re-measurement of 
defined benefit plans included in oCI are charged or credited directly to oCI. otherwise, except to the extent that they relate to a 
business combination, current and deferred taxes are recognized in income.

(i)  Current tax:

 Current taxes are recognized for estimated income taxes payable or recoverable for the current year and any adjustments to 
taxes payable in respect of prior years. the tax rates and laws used to compute these amounts are those that are enacted or 
substantively enacted at the date of the consolidated financial statements. Current taxes payable and current taxes recoverable 
are offset when they relate to income taxes imposed by the same taxation authority for the same legal entity and the taxation 
authority permits making or receiving a single net payment.

(ii)  deferred tax:

 deferred tax is recognized in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for 
financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. 

 deferred tax is not recognized for temporary differences on the initial recognition of assets or liabilities in a transaction that 
is not a business combination and that affects neither accounting nor taxable income or loss, temporary differences related 
to investments in subsidiaries to the extent that it is probable that they will not reverse in the foreseeable future, and taxable 
temporary differences arising on the initial recognition of goodwill.

 the measurement of deferred tax reflects the tax consequences that would follow the manner in which the Company expects, 
at the end of the reporting period, to recover or settle the carrying amount of its assets and liabilities.

 deferred taxes are measured using currently enacted or substantively enacted income tax rates expected to apply to taxable 
income in the periods in which the temporary differences reverse. the most significant temporary differences relate to policy 
reserves and the government guarantee fund. 

 deferred tax assets are recognized for unused tax losses, tax credits and deductible temporary differences to the extent that 
it is probable the Company will have sufficient taxable income against which they can be used. the deferred tax assets are 
reviewed each reporting period and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the benefit arising from the 
deductible temporary difference will be realized.

genwor th MI  Ca na da  In C .  2013 annUaL  report 

59

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) Years ended december 31, 2013 and 2012

3.  Significant accounting policies (continued)

 deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax liabilities and 
assets and they relate to income taxes imposed by the same taxation authority for the same legal entity.

(l)  Employee benefits

the Company adopted the amendments to IaS 19 – employee benefits (“IaS 19”) (amended 2011) on January 1, 2013. 

IaS 19 (amended 2011) requires the net defined benefit liability to be recognized in the statement of financial position without any 
deferral of actuarial gains and losses and prior service costs as previously allowed. prior service costs are recognized in net income 
when incurred. re-measurements consisting of actuarial gains and losses are recognized immediately in oCI.

IaS 19 (amended 2011) clarifies that benefits are classified as long-term employee benefits if payments are not expected to be 
made within the next 12 months.

the standard also requires termination benefits to be recognized at the earlier of when the entity can no longer withdraw the 
offer of the termination benefit or recognizes restructuring costs within the scope of IaS 37 – provisions, contingent liabilities and 
contingent assets (“IaS 37”). the Company did not incur such termination benefits in the year ended december 31, 2013.

the adoption of IaS 19 (amended 2011) did not result in any measurement adjustments to the Company’s employee benefits or 
changes in the classification of employee benefits on the Company’s consolidated statement of financial position.

(i)  defined contribution pension plan:

 the defined contribution pension plan is a post-employment benefit plan under which the Company pays fixed contributions 
into the plan (that is a separate legal entity), which are held in trust for the benefit of its employees, and will have no legal 
or constructive obligation to pay further amounts. the obligation for contributions to the defined contribution pension plan is 
recognized as an expense in the period during which services are provided by employees.

(ii)  defined benefit plans:

 a defined benefit plan is a post-employment plan other than a defined contribution plan. the Company currently maintains 
two defined benefit plans: a Supplemental executive retirement plan (“Serp”) and a plan for non-pension post-retirement 
benefits. the Company’s obligation in respect of each plan is calculated separately. For each plan, the Company has adopted 
the following policies:

 actuarial valuations of benefit liabilities for pension and non-pension post-retirement benefit plans are performed as at 
december 31 of each year using the projected unit credit method and based on management’s assumptions including 
assumptions on the discount rate, rate of compensation increase, mortality and the trend in the health care cost rate. 
obligations for the Serp are attributed to the period beginning on the employee’s date of joining the plan and ending on the 
earlier of termination, death or retirement. obligations for non-pension post-retirement benefits are attributed to the period 
beginning on the employee’s date of hire to the date the employee reaches the age of 55 and is eligible for benefits under 
the plan.

 actuarial gains and losses arising from changes in actuarial assumptions used to determine the benefit obligations or 
experience adjustments are recognized in oCI in the period in which they arise and reported in retained earnings.

 prior service costs arising from plan amendments are recognized in expense in the period in which the plan amendments are 
introduced.

 the Company recognizes gains or losses on settlement of a defined benefit obligation when a settlement occurs. the gain or 
loss is comprised of any change in the present value of the defined benefit obligation and any changes in actuarial gains and 
losses that had not been previously recognized.

(iii)  Short-term employee compensation and benefits:

 Short-term employee compensation and benefit obligations, including the Company’s short-term bonus, are measured on an 
undiscounted basis and are expensed as the related service is provided. 

60 

genwo rth MI C anada I n C .  20 13 annUaL  rep ort

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(iv)  Share-based compensation:

 the Company’s share-based awards include stock options with tandem stock appreciation rights (“options”), restricted Share 
Units (“rSUs”), performance Share Units (“pSUs”), directors’ deferred Share Units (“dSUs”) and executive deferred Share 
Units (“edSUs”). recipients of options have the choice of settlement in cash or shares of the Company. rSUs, dSUs, and 
pSUs are settled in cash or shares of the Company at the discretion of the Company’s Board of directors. edSUs are settled 
in cash.

 the fair value of options, rSUs, pSUs, dSUs and edSUs is recognized as compensation expense over the relevant vesting 
period, with a corresponding entry to share-based compensation liabilities. the liability is re-measured at each reporting date 
and the settlement date. any changes in the fair value of the liability are recognized as compensation expense. Share-based 
compensation is reclassified from liability to equity if employees choose shares when these awards are exercised.

 options are measured at fair value using the Black-Scholes valuation model. rSUs, pSUs, dSUs and edSUs are measured at 
fair value using the quoted market price of the Company’s shares at the end of each reporting period. 

 rSUs, pSUs, dSUs and edSUs may participate in dividend equivalents at the discretion of the Company’s Board of directors. 
dividend equivalents are calculated based on the fair value of the Company’s shares on the date the dividend equivalents are 
credited to the rSU, pSU, dSU or edSU account.

 Share-based awards are recorded as expense only to the extent that management expects such awards to vest based on 
service and performance conditions attached to the share-based awards.

(m)  Share capital

Common shares are classified as equity on the consolidated statements of financial position. Incremental costs directly attributable 
to the issue of common shares are recognized as a deduction from equity, net of any tax effects.

(n)  Foreign currency translation

transactions in foreign currencies are translated to Canadian dollars at the date of the transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities 
denominated in foreign currencies at the reporting date are translated to Canadian dollars at period end rates. Foreign currency 
differences arising on translation are recognized in income. the Company does not have any non-monetary assets or liabilities 
denominated in foreign currencies.

(o)  Fair value measurement

the Company adopted IFrS 13 – Fair value measurement (“IFrS 13”), effective January 1, 2013. IFrS 13 establishes a single 
framework for measuring fair value when such measurements are required or permitted by other IFrS. It unifies the definition of 
fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market 
participants at the measurement date. the application of the new fair value measurement guidance had no significant impact on 
the measurement of the Company’s assets and liabilities. IFrS 13 also requires the fair value hierarchy, which was introduced by 
IFrS 7 – Financial instruments: disclosures (“IFrS 7”), to be applied to all fair value measurements including non-financial assets 
and liabilities that are measured at or based on fair value in the consolidated statements of financial position. the Company’s fair 
value hierarchy is disclosed in note 9(d)).

(p)  Earnings per share

the Company presents basic and diluted earnings per share for its common shares. Basic earnings per share are calculated by 
dividing the Company’s net income for the period by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period. diluted 
earnings per share are determined by adjusting the weighted average number of shares outstanding for the effects of all dilutive 
potential shares, which are comprised of share-based compensation awards granted to employees and directors of the Company, 
and by adjusting net income for the period by the share-based compensation re-measurement amount, if the impact of such an 
adjustment is dilutive.

genwor th MI  Ca na da  In C .  2013 annUaL  report 

61

 
 
 
 
 
notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) Years ended december 31, 2013 and 2012

4.  Future accounting standards

the following new standards and amendments to existing standards have been issued by the IaSB and are not effective for the 
fiscal year beginning January 1, 2013. the Company has not early adopted any of the new standards and amendments.

(a)  Amendments to IAS 32 – Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities

 In december 2011, the IaSB amended the requirements for offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities in IaS 32 – Financial 
Instruments: presentation (“IaS 32”).

the amendments to IaS 32 clarify that an entity currently has a legally enforceable right to set-off if that right is not contingent 
on a future event; and that right is enforceable both in the normal course of business and in the event of default, insolvency or 
bankruptcy of the entity and all counterparties.

the effective date for the amendments to IaS 32 is for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2014. the amendments are 
to be applied retrospectively. 

the Company does not expect the amendments to IaS 32 to have a significant impact on its financial statements.

(b)  IFRS 9 – Financial instruments (“IFRS 9”)

IFrS 9 (2009) introduces new requirements for the classification and measurement of financial assets. Under IFrS 9 (2009), 
financial assets are classified and measured based on the business model in which they are held and the characteristics of their 
contractual cash flows. IFrS 9 (2010) introduces additional changes related to financial liabilities. the IaSB currently has an active 
project to make limited amendments to the classification and measurement requirements of IFrS 9 and add new requirements to 
address the impairment of financial assets and hedge accounting.

the effective date for IFrS 9 (2010) and (2009) has been deferred pending the finalization of the impairment and classification 
and measurement requirements, with early adoption permitted. the Company is currently evaluating the impact of IFrS 9 on its 
financial assets and liabilities.

(c)  IFRS 4 – Insurance contracts (“IFRS 4”)

the IaSB issued a revised exposure draft ed/2013/7 – Insurance Contracts (the “revised ed”) on June 21, 2013. the revised ed 
builds upon proposals published in 2010 and proposes a new standard for insurance contracts, which would replace IFrS 4. the 
revised proposals represent the first comprehensive accounting model for insurance contracts and aim to provide a consistent basis 
for accounting for insurance contracts and to eliminate the current diversity that exists in insurance contract accounting. the final 
standard is expected in 2015, with implementation not expected before 2018.

the Company continues to monitor and assess the impact of adoption of the revised standard.

5.  Significant judgments and estimates

(a)  Judgments

Significant judgments made in applying accounting policies are as follows:

(i)  objective evidence of impairment of aFS financial assets:

 as of each reporting date, the Company evaluates aFS financial assets in an unrealized loss position for objective evidence of 
impairment.

 For investments in bonds and debentures, evaluation of whether impairment has occurred is based on the Company’s best 
estimate of the cash flows expected to be collected at the individual investment level. the Company considers all available 
information relevant to the collectability of the investment, including information about past events, current conditions, and 
reasonable and supportable forecasts. estimating such cash flows is a quantitative and qualitative process that incorporates 
information received from third party sources along with certain internal assumptions and judgments regarding the future 
performance of any underlying collateral for asset-backed investments. where possible, this data is benchmarked against third 
party sources. Impairments for bonds and debentures in an unrealized loss position are deemed to exist when the Company 
does not expect full recovery of the amortized cost of the investment based on the estimate of cash flows expected to be 
collected or when the Company intends to sell the investment prior to recovery from its unrealized loss position. 

62 

genwo rth MI C anada I n C .  20 13 annUaL  rep ort

 
 
 
 For equity investments, the Company recognizes an impairment loss in the period in which it is determined that an investment has 
experienced significant or prolonged losses.

(b)  Estimates

Information about assumptions and estimation uncertainties that have a risk of resulting in material adjustment within the next 
12 months are as follows:

(i)  premiums earned:

 Mortgage insurance premiums are deferred and then taken into underwriting revenues over the terms of the related policies. 
the rates or formulae under which premiums are earned relate to the loss emergence pattern in each year of coverage. In order 
to match premiums earned to losses on claims, premiums written are recognized as premiums earned using a factor-based 
premium recognition curve. In constructing the premium recognition curve, the Company applies actuarial forecasting techniques 
to historical loss data to determine expected loss development and the related loss emergence pattern. the actuarial forecasting 
techniques incorporate economic assumptions that impact future losses and loss development including unemployment rates, 
interest rates and expected changes in house prices. 

(ii)  Losses:

 Loss reserves represent the amount needed to provide for the expected ultimate net cost of settling claims including adjustment 
expenses related to defaults by borrowers (both reported and unreported) that have occurred on or before the reporting date. 
Loss reserves are discounted to take into account the time value of money and include a supplemental provision for adverse 
deviation. Loss reserves are recognized when the first scheduled mortgage payment is missed by a mortgage borrower. In 
determining the ultimate claim amount, the Company estimates the expected recovery from the property securing the insured 
loan and the legal, property maintenance and other loss adjustment expenses incurred in the claim settlement process. Loss 
reserves consist of individual case reserves, Incurred But not reported (“IBnr”) reserves and supplemental loss reserves for 
potential adverse deviation.

 For the purpose of quantifying case reserves, the Company analyzes each reported delinquent loan on a case-by-case basis and 
establishes a case reserve based on the expected loss, if any. the ultimate expected claim amount is influenced significantly 
by housing market conditions, changes in property values, and the condition of properties in default. accordingly, case reserves 
include a provision for adverse development, primarily to address potential decline in property values.

 the Company establishes reserves for IBnr based on the reporting lag from the date of first missed payment to the reporting 
date for mortgages in default that have not been reported to the Company. IBnr is calculated using estimates of expected claim 
frequency and claim severity based on the most current available historical loss data, adjusted for seasonality. 

 In order to discount loss reserves to present value, the Company’s actuary determines a discount rate based on the book yield of 
the Company’s investment portfolio. 

 the Company’s actuary develops a margin for adverse deviation based on assessment of the adequacy of the Company’s 
loss reserves (derived from an independent calculation of the reserves) and with reference to the current and future expected 
condition of the Canadian housing market and its impact on the expected development of losses. the Company determines a 
supplemental provision for adverse deviation (“pFad”) based on the margin developed by the actuary.

 the process for the establishment of loss reserves relies on the judgment and opinions of a number of individuals, on historical 
precedent and trends, on prevailing legal and economic trends and on expectations as to future developments. this process 
involves risks that actual results will deviate, perhaps substantially, from the best estimates made. these risks vary in proportion 
to the length of the estimation period and the volatility of each component comprising the liability. 

(iii)  Subrogation recoverable:

 the Company estimates the fair value of real estate owned included in subrogation recoverable based on third party property 
appraisals or other types of third party valuations deemed to be more appropriate for a particular property.

 the Company estimates borrower recoveries related to claims paid and loss reserves included in subrogation recoverable based 
on historical recovery experience.

genwor th MI  Ca na da  In C .  2013 annUaL  report 

63

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) Years ended december 31, 2013 and 2012

5.  Significant judgments and estimates (continued)

(iv)  deferred policy acquisition costs:

 deferred policy acquisition costs are comprised of premium taxes, appraisal costs, risk fee, certain employee compensation, 
and other expenses that relate directly to acquisition of new mortgage insurance business. deferred policy acquisition costs are 
deferred and expensed in proportion to and over the periods in which premiums are earned. the Company estimates expenses 
eligible for deferral based on the nature of expenses incurred and results of time and activity studies performed to identify the 
portion of time the Company’s employees incur in the acquisition of new mortgage insurance business.

(v)  Utilization of tax losses:

 as at december 31, 2013, the Company had recognized $9,149 of benefits related to tax losses (2012 – tax losses of $10,709). 
Management considers it probable that future taxable profits will be available against which these tax losses can be utilized.

(vi)  Share-based compensation:

 Stock options with tandem stock appreciation rights (“options”) are measured at fair value using the Black-Scholes valuation 
model. Inputs to the Black-Scholes valuation model are share price on the measurement date, exercise price of the instrument, 
expected volatility, weighted average expected life of the instrument, expected dividend yield and the risk-free rate. expected 
volatility is estimated based on the Company’s average historical volatility and the mean volatility of the general index of Canadian 
financial companies. the volatility of Canadian financial companies is used to supplement the volatility calculation given that the 
Company has limited share price history. the weighted average expected life of the instrument is estimated based on historical 
experience of affiliated companies. dividend yield is estimated based on historical dividends and the Company’s long-term 
expectations. risk-free rate is determined with reference to government of Canada bonds. 

 the Company records share-based compensation expense only to the extent that the share-based awards are expected to vest 
based on management’s best estimate of the outcome of service and performance conditions. 

(vii) employee benefit plans:

 actuarial valuations of benefit liabilities for pension and non-pension post-retirement benefit plans are performed as at 
december 31 of each year based on the Company’s assumptions, including assumptions on discount rate, rate of compensation 
increase, mortality and the trend in the health care cost rate. the discount rate is determined by the Company with reference to 
aa credit-rated bonds that have maturity dates approximating the Company’s obligation terms at period end and are denominated 
in the same currency as the benefit obligations. other assumptions are determined with reference to long-term expectations.

6. 

Insurance contracts

(a)  Premiums and unearned premium reserves

Changes in unearned premium reserves recorded in the consolidated statements of financial position and their impact on net 
premiums earned are as follows:

Unearned premium reserves, beginning of year 
net premiums written during the year 
  net premium earned during the year   

Unearned premiums acquired in business combination 

  Unearned premium reserves, end of year  

  December 31,  december 31, 
2012

2013 

$ 1,785,141 
511,844 
(573,217) 
— 

$ 1,823,678
550,485
(589,040)
18

$ 1,723,768 

$ 1,785,141

net premiums written of $550,485 and net premiums earned of $589,040 for the year ended december 31, 2012 are recorded net 
of risk premiums related to the government guarantee agreement of $9,718. Under prMhIa, the risk premium was replaced by 
the risk fee (note 10). the risk fee is accounted for as an expense in accordance with the accounting policy described in note 3(b)(ii). 
accordingly, there is no difference between gross and net premiums written in the year ended december 31, 2013.

64 

genwo rth MI C anada I n C .  20 13 annUaL  rep ort

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Key methodologies and assumptions

premiums written are recognized as premiums earned using a factor-based premium recognition curve that is based on the 
Company’s expected loss emergence pattern. the principal assumption underlying the formation of the premium recognition curve 
is that the Company’s future claims development will follow a similar pattern to past claims emergence patterns. approximately 
80% of the Company’s premiums written are recognized as premiums earned within the first five years of policy inception based 
on the current premium recognition curve. a shift in the Company’s loss emergence pattern could change the timing of the 
Company’s recognition of earned premium and impact the Company’s financial performance for a period. the actuarial forecasting 
technique used to establish the loss emergence pattern also incorporates economic assumptions that impact future losses and loss 
development including unemployment rates, interest rates, and expected changes in house prices. there is inherent risk that future 
economic conditions could differ, perhaps significantly, from the best estimates made.

the Company’s actuary performs a liability adequacy test on the Company’s unearned premium reserves using a dynamic 
regression model that is in accordance with accepted actuarial practice. the purpose of the test is to ensure the unearned premium 
liability at year end is sufficient to pay for future claims and expenses that may arise from unexpired insurance contracts. the 
liability adequacy test for the years ended december 31, 2013 and 2012 identified a surplus in the Company’s unearned premium 
reserves and thus no premium deficiency reserves are required at these reporting dates.

(b)  Losses on claims and loss reserves

Loss reserves are comprised of the following:

  Case reserves 

Incurred but not reported reserves 

  discounting 
  provision for adverse deviation 

Loss reserves 

the following table presents movement in loss reserves and its impact on losses on claims:

Loss reserves, beginning of year 
Claims paid during the year 
net losses on claims incurred during the year:

Losses on claims related to the current year 
Losses on claims related to prior years 
Loss reserves acquired in business combination   

Loss reserves, end of year 

Claims development:

  December 31,  december 31, 
2012

2013 

$ 

$ 

75,100 
37,038 
(2,238) 
7,488 

92,735 
41,413
(2,890)
8,140

$  117,388 

$  139,398

  December 31,  december 31, 
2012

2013 

$  139,398 
(163,877) 

$  169,008
(224,126)

132,299 
9,568 
— 

142,640
51,130 
746

$  117,388 

$  139,398

Loss reserves are established to reflect an estimate of the ultimate cost of claim settlement as at the reporting date. given the 
uncertainty in establishing the outstanding loss reserves, it is likely that the final outcome will be different than the original liability 
established. Claims development refers to the financial adjustment in the current period relating to claims incurred in previous 
periods because of new and more up-to-date information that has become available and to reflect changes in assumptions. the 
information is presented on a default year basis (claims are related to the period in which the insured event occurred and not the 
period in which the policy was underwritten).

genwor th MI  Ca na da  In C .  2013 annUaL  report 

65

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) Years ended december 31, 2013 and 2012

6. 

Insurance contracts (continued)

the following table demonstrates the development of the estimated loss reserves for the ten most recent default years. 

2004 

2005 

2006 

2007 

2008 

2009 

2010 

2011 

2012 

2013 

total

development:

Claims incurred 

  at the end of  

  the default year 

$  43,825  $  52,845  $  70,994  $  102,549  $ 148,493  $  196,586  $  175,189  $  172,200  $  143,388  $  132,299   

Claims incurred 

  one year later 

Claims incurred 

22,727 

29,670   

46,971 

  106,468 

  200,807 

  218,890 

  193,820 

  193,226 

  141,957 

  two years later 

21,397 

30,542   

54,352 

  112,224 

  204,706 

  247,663 

  217,034 

  196,377 

Claims incurred 

  three years later  

21,210 

31,485   

55,461 

  115,632 

  209,850 

  252,041 

  218,884 

Claims incurred 

  four years later  

21,001 

31,431   

56,072 

  115,816 

  212,615 

  255,282 

Claims incurred 

  five years later 

20,807 

31,245   

55,701 

  118,427 

  212,595 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

—

—

—

—

—

Current estimate  

  of claims incurred  $  20,807  $ 

31,245  $  55,701  $  118,427  $ 212,595  $  255,282  $  218,884  $  196,377  $  141,957  $  132,299  $1,383,574

Cumulative payments  

  to date  

20,807 

31,245   

55,701 

  118,344 

  212,205 

  253,677 

  218,352 

  195,151 

  128,257 

32,447    1,266,186

Current loss reserves   $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

83  $ 

390  $ 

1,605  $ 

532  $ 

1,226  $  13,700  $  99,852  $  117,388

Current estimate  

  of surplus  

(deficiency)  

$  23,018  $  21,600  $  15,293  $  (15,878)  $  (64,102)  $ 

(58,696)  $  (43,695)  $  (24,177)  $ 

1,431  $ 

—

Surplus (deficiency)  

  of initial gross  

loss reserve 

 53% 

41% 

22% 

(15)% 

(43)% 

(30)% 

(25)% 

(14)% 

1% 

—

66 

genwo rth MI C anada I n C .  20 13 annUaL  rep ort

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Conditions and trends that have affected the development of liabilities in the past may or may not occur in the future and, 
accordingly, conclusions about future results may not necessarily be derived from the information presented in the table above.

Key methodologies and assumptions

the establishment of loss reserves is based on known facts and interpretation of circumstances. the principal methodologies and 
assumptions underlying loss reserve estimates are as follows:

(i) 

 Claim frequency:

 Claim frequency is the portion of delinquencies (both reported and unreported) that are expected to result in paid claims, after 
estimated cures have been deducted. a cure is defined as a reported delinquency that closes with no claim payment or only 
nominal loss adjustment expenses. Claim frequency is influenced by labour market performance and changes in house prices. 
the Company estimates claim frequency for case reserves by analyzing individual reported delinquencies. the Company 
estimates claim frequency for incurred but not reported delinquencies by applying average delinquency-to-paid-claim ratios to 
historical reported delinquencies, derived from tracking and analyzing policyholder behaviour over time.

(ii)   Claim severity:

  Claim severity is influenced by the performance of the housing market and will increase in a period of property value declines. 
the Company estimates claim severity for case reserves by analyzing individual reported delinquencies, including obtaining 
valuations for the properties securing claims. the Company estimates claim severity for incurred but not reported delinquencies 
based on historical claim amounts.

 Variables that affect the determination of loss reserves are the receipt of additional claim information and other internal and 
external factors such as the performance of the housing market, changes in claims handling procedures, significant claim 
reporting lags, and uncertainties regarding the condition of properties at the time of initial loss reserve quantification.

Sensitivities

Sensitivity analyses are conducted to quantify the exposure to changes in key loss assumptions. the change in any key assumption 
will impact the Company’s performance and financial position for a period. the following sensitivity analyses are performed for 
reasonable possible movements in key loss assumptions, with all other assumptions held constant, showing the impact on income 
before income taxes and shareholders’ equity. the correlation of assumptions will have a significant effect in determining ultimate 
claims liabilities, but to demonstrate the impact due to changes in assumptions, assumptions are changed on an individual basis. 

  December 31, 2013 

  Sensitivity factor 

Claim frequency 

Claim severity 

  december 31, 2012 

  Sensitivity factor 

Claim frequency 

Claim severity 

Change in 
assumptions 

Impact on  
income before 
income taxes 

Impact on 
shareholders’ 
equity

+10% 
-10% 
+10% 
-10% 

$ 

23,945 
(23,945) 
23,945 
(23,945) 

$ 

17,648
(17,648)
17,648
(17,648)

Change in 
assumptions 

Impact on  
income before 
income taxes 

Impact on 
shareholders’ 
equity

+10% 
-10% 
+10% 
-10% 

$ 

(27,709) 
27,709 
(27,709) 
27,709 

$ 

(20,435)
20,435
(20,435)
20,435

genwor th MI  Ca na da  In C .  2013 annUaL  report 

67

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) Years ended december 31, 2013 and 2012

6. 

Insurance contracts (continued)

(c)  Subrogation recoverable

the following table presents movement in subrogation recoverable during the year:

  real estate owned, beginning of year  
  real estate assets acquired as a result of 

settling claims during the year at fair value 

  Change in market value for real estate on hand 
  real estate assets sold 

  real estate owned, end of year 

  Borrower recoveries, beginning of year 
  estimated borrower recoveries recognized 

  Borrower recoveries received 

Borrower recoveries, end of year 

  Subrogation recoverable, end of year  

  December 31,  december 31, 
2012

2013 

$ 

66,890 

$ 

85,310

271,885 
(14,719) 
(268,088) 

55,968 

24,370 
1,818 

(6,702) 

19,486 

327,349
(28,066)
(317,703)

66,890 

21,247
8,779

 (5,656)

24,370 

$ 

75,454 

$ 

91,260

the Company applies expected recovery rates based on historical experience of successful recoveries from borrowers to past claims 
paid and current loss reserves to establish a recovery accrual. the Company reviews the expected recovery rate quarterly to ensure it 
reflects the most current historical experience of successful recoveries. 

(d)  Deferred policy acquisition costs

the following table presents movement in deferred policy acquisition costs and the impact on total expenses:

  deferred policy acquisition costs, beginning of year 
  policy acquisition costs deferred during the year 

  deferred policy acquisition costs expensed  during the year 

  net change in deferred policy acquisition costs during the year 

  deferred policy acquisition costs, end of year 

  December 31,  december 31, 
2012

2013 

$  152,311 
52,174 

$  154,009 
45,771

(46,058) 

6,116 

(47,469)

(1,698)

$  158,427 

$  152,311

effective January 1, 2013, in conjunction with receiving credit support in the form of the government of Canada guarantee, as 
prescribed in prMhIa, the Company is subject to a risk fee equal to 2.25% of gross premiums written, as disclosed in note 10. 
the Company records the risk fee in premium taxes and underwriting fees in the consolidated statement of income. 

(e)  Reinsurance

on december 20, 2013, the Company, through its indirect subsidiary pMI Canada, entered into a retrocession agreement with 
Merrill Lynch reinsurance under which the Company assumed reinsurance risk for approximately 25% of the retroceded liabilities 
on claims paid by genworth Financial Mortgage Insurance pty Limited, an australian company (“genworth australia”), in excess 
of $700,000 australian within any one year, up to a maximum exposure to the Company of $30,000 australian less claims paid by 
the Company in prior years. the term of the agreement is three years. genworth australia has the right to terminate the agreement 
after the first year of coverage. 

Under the excess of loss reinsurance agreement, the Company is required to collateralize its reinsurance obligations by posting 
cash collateral equal to the maximum exposure under the agreement. as at december 31, 2013, the Company had posted 
$30,000 australian, equivalent to $28,482 Canadian, under the agreement. the collateral is recorded as collateral receivable under 
reinsurance agreement on the Company’s consolidated statement of financial position. 

re-measurement adjustments arising on translation of collateral receivable under the reinsurance agreement and any reinsurance 
premium receivable balances from australian dollars to Canadian dollars are recognized in income.

68 

genwo rth MI C anada I n C .  20 13 annUaL  rep ort

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7.  Financial risk management

(a)  Insurance risk

the Company is exposed to insurance risk from underwriting of mortgage insurance contracts. Mortgage insurance contracts 
transfer risk to the Company by indemnifying lending institutions against credit losses arising from borrower mortgage default. Under 
a mortgage insurance policy, a lending institution is insured against risk of loss for the entire unpaid principal balance of a loan plus 
interest, customary mortgage enforcement and selling costs, and expenses related to the sale of the underlying property. Insurance 
risk impacts the amount, timing and certainty of cash flows arising from insurance contracts. 

the Company’s risk management framework facilitates the identification and assessment of risks, and the ongoing monitoring and 
management of these risks. the objective of the framework and related internal control procedures is to ensure risks are within the 
Company’s defined risk appetite and tolerance and to achieve profitable underwriting results. there were no significant changes 
to the Company’s exposure to insurance risk or the framework used to monitor, evaluate and manage risks at december 31, 2013 
compared to december 31, 2012.

the Company has identified pricing risk, underwriting risk, claims management risk, loss reserving risk, insurance portfolio 
concentration risk and reinsurance risk as its most significant sources of insurance risk. each of these risks is described separately 
below:

(i)  pricing risk:

 pricing risk arises when actual claims experience differs from the assumptions included in pricing calculations. the Company’s 
premium rates vary with the perceived risk of a claim on an insured loan, which takes into account the Company’s long-term 
historical loss experience on loans with similar loan-to-value ratios, terms and types of mortgages, borrower credit histories and 
capital required to support the product. 

 Before the Company introduces a new product, it establishes specific performance targets, including delinquency rates and 
loss ratios, which the Company monitors frequently to identify any deviations from expected performance so that it can take 
corrective action when necessary. these performance targets are adjusted periodically to ensure they reflect the current 
environment.

(ii)  Underwriting risk:

 Underwriting risk is the risk that the Company’s underwriting function will underwrite mortgage insurance under terms that 
do not comply with the Company’s pre-established risk guidelines, resulting in inappropriate risk acceptance by the business. 
the underwriting results of the mortgage insurance business can fluctuate significantly due to the cyclicality of the Canadian 
mortgage market. the mortgage market is affected primarily by housing supply and demand, interest rates, and general 
economic factors including unemployment rates.

 the Company’s risk management function establishes risk guidelines based on the Company’s underwriting goals. the 
underwriting process enables assessment of high loan-to-value applications on a loan-by-loan basis, taking into account a broad 
range of factors and ensuring compliance with the risk guidelines. the risk guidelines are reviewed and updated regularly 
to manage the Company’s exposures and to address emerging trends in the housing market and economic environment. 
authority levels for underwriting decisions are also assigned and monitored by the risk management function. Underwriters are 
given authority to approve mortgage insurance applications based on their experience and levels of proficiency. Underwriter 
performance is reviewed continuously to facilitate continuous improvement or remedial action where necessary.

(iii)  Claims management risk:

 Claims management risk is the risk that loss mitigation efforts will be unsuccessful, resulting in larger than anticipated losses to 
the Company.

 Claims submitted by lending institutions are subject to the Company’s review, appraisal, and possible adjustment. Loss 
mitigation officers with the requisite degree of competence have authority to approve claim payments up to a maximum dollar 
amount based on their experience and level of proficiency. the Company enforces a policy of actively managing and promptly 
settling claims in order to reduce exposure to unpredictable future developments that can adversely impact losses.

genwor th MI  Ca na da  In C .  2013 annUaL  report 

69

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) Years ended december 31, 2013 and 2012

7.  Financial risk management (continued) 

 the Company has two primary loss mitigation programs. the homeowner assistance program is designed to help 
homeowners who are experiencing temporary financial difficulties that may prevent them from making timely payments on 
their mortgages. Initiatives currently employed under the homeowner assistance program include capitalizing arrears, deferring 
payments for a specified period, arranging a partial payment plan, and increasing a mortgage amortization period. 

 the asset Management program is designed to accelerate the conveyance of real estate properties to the Company in select 
circumstances. this strategy allows for better control of the property marketing process, reduction of carrying costs and 
potential of realization of a higher property sales price.

 In addition to its current loss mitigation programs in place, under its agreement with lending institutions, the Company has the 
right to recover losses from borrowers once a claim has been paid. the Company actively pursues such recoveries.

 (iv)  Loss reserving risk:

 Loss reserving risk is the risk that loss reserves differ significantly from the ultimate amount paid to settle claims, principally 
due to additional information received and external factors that influence claim frequency and severity (including performance of 
the Canadian housing market).

 the Company reviews its case reserves on an ongoing basis, updates the case reserves as appropriate and maintains a 
supplemental loss reserve for potential adverse development that may occur during the period from borrower default date to 
the claim settlement date. Management has established procedures to evaluate the appropriateness of loss reserves, which 
include a review of the loss reserves by the Company’s actuary.

(v)  Insurance portfolio concentration risk:

 a national or regional economic downturn may increase the likelihood that borrowers will not have sufficient income to pay 
their mortgages and can also adversely affect home values, which increases the severity of the Company’s losses. portfolio 
concentration risk is the risk that losses increase disproportionately where portfolio diversification is inadequate. 

 the exposure to insurance portfolio concentration risk is mitigated by a portfolio that is diversified across geographic regions. 
the Company monitors the conditions of the housing market and economy in each region of Canada against pre-determined 
risk tolerances and utilizes this data to customize underwriting guidelines and loss mitigation initiatives by region. additional 
scrutiny is given to geographic regions where property values are particularly sensitive to an economic downturn.

the following table presents the Company’s concentration of insurance risk by region based on gross premiums written. 

gross premiums written 

  ontario 
alberta 
  Quebec 

British Columbia 

  other 

$  195,873 
124,591 
68,026 
56,742 
66,612 

2013 

38% 
24% 
14% 
11% 
13% 

$  222,356 
119,102 
79,388 
66,642 
72,715 

2012

40%
21%
14%
12%
13%

$  511,844 

100% 

$  560,203 

100%

 the Company is exposed to changes in housing market performance and trends by geographic region, and the concentration of 
geographic risk may change over time.

(vi)  reinsurance risk:

 the Company is exposed to reinsurance risk through the excess of Loss reinsurance agreement described in note 6(e). Under 
the reinsurance agreement, the Company has maximum liability exposure of $30,000 australian or $28,482 equivalent Canadian 
dollars at december 31, 2013 (december 31, 2012 – nil).

70 

genwo rth MI C anada I n C .  20 13 annUaL  rep ort

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)  Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk that one party to a financial instrument fails to discharge an obligation and causes financial loss to another 
party. the Company is exposed to credit risk principally through its invested assets.

as at January 1, 2013, prMhIa became effective and the government guarantee agreement (the “agreement”) was terminated, 
as described in note 10. Upon termination of the agreement, all investments and monies held in the government guarantee fund 
reverted to the Company and became part of the general investment portfolio.

the total credit risk exposure at december 31, 2013 was $5,112,289 (2012 – $3,942,674) and comprised $39,649 (2012 – $90,014) 
of short-term investments, $31,561 (2012 – $27,526) of accrued investment income and other receivables, $4,937,143 (2012 – 
$3,733,874) of bonds and debentures, $75,454 (2012 – $91,260) of subrogation recoverable and $28,482 (2012 – nil) of collateral 
receivable under reinsurance agreement.

the total credit risk exposure in the government guarantee fund at december 31, 2012 was $951,705 and comprised $2,668 of 
accrued investment income and $949,037 of bonds and debentures.

the Company’s investment management strategy is to invest primarily in debt instruments of Canadian government agencies and 
other high-credit-quality issuers and to limit the amount of credit exposure with respect to any one issuer, business sector, or credit 
rating category, as specified in its investment policy. Credit quality of financial instrument issuers is assessed based on ratings 
supplied by rating agencies dBrS, Standard & poor’s, or Moody’s. 

the breakdown of the Company’s bonds and debentures and short-term investments by credit ratings is presented below:

  Credit rating 

  aaa 
  aa  
  a   
  BBB 
  BB 

 December 31, 2013 

 december 31, 2012

Amount 

Carrying value 
% 

amount 

Carrying value
%

$ 1,935,374 
  1,016,365 
  1,664,517 
353,199 
7,337 

38.9 
20.4 
33.4 
7.1 
0.2 

$ 1,109,865 
  1,252,399 
  1,288,958 
172,666 
— 

29.0
32.8
33.7
4.5
—

$ 4,976,792 

100.0 

$ 3,823,888 

100.0

as at december 31, 2013, 92.7% of the Company’s investment portfolio was rated ‘a’ or better, compared to 95.5% at 
december 31, 2012. 

as at december 31, 2012, $949,037 or 100% of the bonds and debentures in the government guarantee fund were rated ‘aaa.’

the Company did not hold any impaired financial assets at december 31, 2013 and 2012.

(i)  Concentration of credit risk:

 Concentration of credit risk exists where a number of borrowers or counterparties are engaged in similar activities, are located 
in the same geographic area or have comparable economic characteristics. their ability to meet contractual obligations may be 
similarly affected by changing economic, political or other conditions. the Company’s investments could be sensitive to changing 
conditions in specific geographic regions or specific industries. the Company has invested 24.7% (december 31, 2012 – 27.6%) 
of its invested assets in the financial sector. this risk concentration is closely monitored by the Company and adjusted through 
periodic portfolio rebalancing as deemed necessary.

genwor th MI  Ca na da  In C .  2013 annUaL  report 

71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) Years ended december 31, 2013 and 2012

7.  Financial risk management (continued) 

 the following table presents the Company’s concentration of credit risk within its bond and debenture and short-term investment 
portfolio by geographic region and by industry.

By country of issuance:

Canada  

  other 

By industry:
  government 

Bank, insurance, and other financial institutions 
energy 
Infrastructure 
all other sectors   

December 31, 
2013 

december 31, 
2012

$ 4,829,666 
147,126 

97% 
3% 

$ 3,823,888 
— 

$ 4,976,792 

100% 

$ 3,823,888 

$ 2,696,097 
  1,280,776 
310,682 
229,607 
459,630 

54% 
26% 
6% 
5% 
9% 

$ 1,582,227 
  1,171,976 
314,880 
259,844 
494,961 

100% 
—

100%

41% 
31%
8%
7%
13%

$ 4,976,792 

100% 

$ 3,823,888 

100%

(ii)  derivative related risk:

 Credit risk from derivative transactions reflects the potential for the counterparty to default on its contractual obligations when 
one or more transactions have a positive market value to the Company. therefore, derivative-related credit risk is represented 
by the positive fair value of the instrument and is normally a small fraction of the contract’s notional amount.

 to mitigate credit risk related to derivative counterparties, the Company has adopted a policy whereby, upon signing the 
derivative contract, the counterparty is required to have a minimum credit rating of a-. 

 netting is a technique that can reduce credit exposure from derivatives and is generally facilitated through the use of netting 
clauses in master derivative agreements. the netting clauses in a master derivative agreement provide for a single net 
settlement of all financial instruments covered by the agreement in the event of default. however, credit risk is reduced only 
to the extent that the Company’s financial obligations towards the counterparty to such an agreement can be set off against 
obligations such counterparty has towards the Company. the Company uses netting clauses in master derivative agreements 
to reduce derivative-related credit exposure.

 the Company also uses collateral to manage derivative-related counterparty risk. Mark-to-market provisions in the Company’s 
agreements with counterparties provide the Company with the right to request that the counterparty collateralize the current 
market value of its derivative positions when the value passes a specified threshold amount.

 the Company had no derivative-related credit risk at december 31, 2013 (december 31, 2012 – nil) as all of its derivative 
financial instruments were in a liability position. 

(iii)  Collateral receivable under reinsurance agreement:

 to mitigate credit risk related to collateral under reinsurance agreement, the Company transacts with high-credit-quality issuers. 
the funds held as collateral under reinsurance agreement are deposited in a trust account in favour of the Company and 
restricted solely for the payment of reinsurance obligations under the agreement.

72 

genwo rth MI C anada I n C .  20 13 annUaL  rep ort

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
(c)  Liquidity risk/maturity analysis

Liquidity risk is the risk of having insufficient cash resources to meet financial commitments and policy obligations as they fall due 
without raising funds at unfavourable rates or selling assets on a forced basis.

as at January 1, 2013, prMhIa became effective and the agreement was terminated, as described in note 10. Upon termination of 
the agreement, all investments and monies held in the government guarantee fund reverted to the Company and became part of 
the general investment portfolio.

Liquidity risk arises from the Company’s general business activities and in the course of managing its assets, liabilities and 
externally imposed capital requirements (note 8). the liquidity requirements of the Company’s business have been met primarily by 
funds generated from operations including investment income, investment asset maturities and financing activities. Cash provided 
from these sources is used primarily for loss and loss adjustment expense payments, operating expenses, payment of dividends 
and funding of share repurchase transactions. to ensure liquidity requirements are met, the Company holds a portion of investment 
assets in liquid securities. at december 31, 2013, the Company has cash and cash equivalents of $213,692 (2012 – $247,856) and 
short-term investments of $39,649 (2012 – $90,014). 

at december 31, 2012, the government guarantee fund had $41,187 of cash and cash equivalents.

the table below summarizes the carrying value by the earliest contractual maturity of the Company’s bonds and debentures and 
short-term investments:

within 1 
year 

1–3 
years 

3–5 
years 

5–10 
years 

over 10 
years 

total

2013   

2012   

$  734,901 

$ 1,262,241 

$ 1,120,057 

$ 1,339,983 

$  519,610 

$ 4,976,792

$  453,867 

$ 1,094,967 

$  961,246 

$  829,674 

$  484,134 

$ 3,823,888

the table below summarizes the carrying value by the earliest contractual maturities of the Company’s bonds and debentures in the 
government guarantee fund at december 31, 2012:

2012 

$ 

 24,657  

$  309,307 

$  321,044  

$  115,947 

$   178,082  

$  949,037

within 1 
year 

1–3 
years 

3–5 
years 

5–10 
years 

over 10 
years 

total

the table below shows the expected payout pattern of the Company’s financial liabilities:

within 1 
year 

1–3 
years 

3–5 
years 

5–10 
years 

over 10 
years 

total

2013: 
non-derivative financial liabilities:
accounts payable and  
  accrued liabilities 
Loss reserves (at 
  actuarial present Value) 
Long-term debt  

derivative financial liabilities:

Foreign currency forwards 

  2012:
  non-derivative financial liabilities:

  accounts payable and  
accrued liabilities    

Loss reserves (at 

 actuarial present Value) 

Long-term debt 

  derivative financial liabilities:

Foreign currency forwards 

genwor th MI  Ca na da  In C .  2013 annUaL  report 

$ 

31,219 

$ 

— 

$ 

— 

$ 

— 

$ 

— 

$ 

31,219

67,034 
— 

50,354 
150,000 

— 
— 

— 
  275,000 

15 

— 

362 

2,291 

— 
— 

— 

117,388
425,000

2,668

$ 

22,707 

$ 

—     

$ 

— 

$ 

— 

$ 

— 

$ 

22,707

84,018 
— 

55,380 
150,000 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 
  275,000 

— 

— 
— 

— 

139,398
425,000

—

73

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) Years ended december 31, 2013 and 2012

7.  Financial risk management (continued) 

(d)  Market risk

Market risk is the risk of loss arising from adverse changes in market rates and prices, such as interest rates, equity market 
fluctuations, foreign currency exchange rates and other relevant market rate or price changes. Market risk is directly influenced by 
the volatility and liquidity in the markets in which the related underlying assets are traded. the market risks to which the Company 
is exposed are interest rate risk, equity price risk and currency risk.

as at January 1, 2013, prMhIa became effective and the agreement was terminated, as described in note 10. Upon termination of 
the agreement, all investments and monies held in the government guarantee fund reverted to the Company and became part of 
the general investment portfolio. 

(i) 

Interest rate risk:

 Fluctuations in interest rates have a direct impact on the market valuation of the Company’s fixed income investment portfolio. 
Short-term interest rate fluctuations will generally create unrealized gains or losses. generally, the Company’s interest income 
will be reduced during sustained periods of lower interest rates as higher-yielding fixed income investments are called, mature 
or are sold and the proceeds are reinvested at lower rates, and this will likely result in unrealized gains in the value of fixed 
income investments the Company continues to hold, as well as realized gains to the extent that the relevant investments 
are sold. 

 during periods of rising interest rates, the market value of the Company’s existing fixed income investments will generally 
decrease and gains on fixed income investments will likely be reduced or become losses. 

 as at december 31, 2013, management estimates that an immediate hypothetical 100 basis point, or 1%, increase in interest 
rates would decrease the market value of the aFS bonds and debentures and short-term investments by approximately 
$173,000, representing 3.48% of the $4,976,792 fair value of these investments, and decrease the value of loss reserves by 
$899. Conversely, a 100 basis point, or 1%, decrease in interest rates would increase the market value of the aFS bonds and 
debentures and short-term investments by approximately $187,000, representing 3.76% of the fair value, and increase the 
value of loss reserves by approximately $917.

 as at december 31, 2012, management estimated that an immediate hypothetical 100 basis point, or 1%, increase in interest 
rates would decrease the market value of the aFS bonds and debentures and short-term investments by approximately 
$132,000, representing 3.45% of the $3,823,888 fair value of these investments, and decrease the value of loss reserves by 
$1,005. Conversely, a 100 basis point, or 1%, decrease in interest rates would increase the market value of the aFS bonds 
and debentures and short-term investments by approximately $141,000, representing 3.69% of the fair value, and increase the 
value of loss reserves by approximately $1,024. 

 as at december 31, 2012, management estimated that an immediate hypothetical 100 basis point, or 1%, increase in interest 
rates would decrease the market value of the aFS bonds and debentures in the government guarantee fund by approximately 
$37,000, representing 3.90% of the $949,037 fair value of the government guarantee fund investment portfolio. Conversely, 
a 100 basis point, or 1%, increase in interest rates would decrease the market value of the aFS bonds and debentures in the 
government guarantee fund by approximately $41,000, representing 4.32% of the fair value.

 Computations of the prospective effects of hypothetical interest rate changes are based on numerous assumptions and should 
not be relied on as indicative of future results. the analysis in this section is based on the following assumptions: (a) the 
existing level and composition of fixed income investments will be maintained; (b) shifts in the yield curve are parallel; and (c) 
credit and liquidity risks have not been considered.

(ii)  equity price risk:

 equity price risk is the risk that the fair values of equity investments will decrease as a result of changes in the levels of equity 
indices and the values of individual stocks. equity price risk exposure arises from the Company’s investment in common shares. 

 as at december 31, 2013, the Company had a total investment in common shares of $184,422. Management estimates that 
a 10% increase in the equity price index would increase the market value of the common shares by $12,725 and that a 10% 
decrease in the equity price index would decrease the market value of the common shares by the same amount.

74 

genwo rth MI C anada I n C .  20 13 annUaL  rep ort

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 as at december 31, 2012, the Company had a total investment in common shares of $328,411. Management estimates that 
a 10% increase in the equity price index would increase the market value of the common shares by $23,317 and that a 10% 
decrease in the equity price index would decrease the market value of the common shares by the same amount. 

 the Company had policies to limit and monitor exposures to individual equity investment issuers and its aggregate exposure 
to equities.

(iii)  Currency risk:

 Currency risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in 
foreign exchange rates. the Company is exposed to currency risk arising from investments denominated in U.S. dollars and 
from reinsurance collateral denominated in australian dollars pledged to collateralize reinsurance obligations. the Company 
uses foreign exchange forward contracts to mitigate currency risk. 

 the following table presents the foreign-denominated financial assets and the derivative financial instruments used to reduce 
currency risk:

Collateral receivable under reinsurance agreement denominated in australian dollars   
Bonds denominated in U.S. dollars  

total financial assets exposed to currency risk 
Less forward exchange contract notional amount  

total net currency exposure on financial assets 

$ 

$ 

2013 

28,482 
147,126 

175,608 
175,790 

$ 

(182) 

$ 

2012

—
—

—
—

—

8.  Capital management and regulatory requirements

Capital comprises the Company’s shareholders’ equity.

the Company’s objectives when managing capital are to maintain financial strength and a strong external strength rating, to protect 
its loss-paying abilities, and to maximize returns to shareholders over the long term.

the Insurance Subsidiary is a regulated insurance company governed by the provisions of the Insurance Companies Act (“the act”), 
which is administered by oSFI. as such, the Insurance Subsidiary is subject to certain requirements and restrictions contained in 
the act. the act limits dividends to shareholders under certain circumstances.

the Insurance Subsidiary is required under the act to meet a minimum capital test (“MCt”) to support its outstanding mortgage 
insurance in force. the MCt ratio is calculated based on a model developed by oSFI. the statutory minimum is 100%, and 
oSFI has established a supervisory MCt ratio for the Insurance Subsidiary of 175% under the provision of prMhIa (note 10) 
(2012 – 120%). to measure the degree to which the Insurance Subsidiary is able to meet regulatory capital requirements, the 
Company’s actuary must present an annual report to the audit Committee and management on the Insurance Subsidiary’s current 
and future solvency under various projected scenarios. In addition, the Company has established an internal capital ratio target for 
the Insurance Subsidiary of 185% (2012 – 145%). 

the MCt is conducted for the Insurance Subsidiary on a consolidated basis and includes the MCt results of pMI Canada.

as at december 31, 2013, the Insurance Subsidiary had an MCt ratio of 223% (2012 – 170%) and has complied with the regulatory 
and internal capital requirements.

the Company’s Board of directors has adopted a capital management policy for the Company and its Insurance Subsidiary. the 
policy identifies sources of capital, establishes a capital adequacy target for the Insurance Subsidiary and sets a financial leverage 
target and dividend policy for the Company. as part of its ongoing management of capital, the Company prepares capital forecasts 
and regularly compares actual performance with forecasted results.

genwor th MI  Ca na da  In C .  2013 annUaL  report 

75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) Years ended december 31, 2013 and 2012

9. 

Investments

Investments are carried at fair value. the Company’s investments, excluding the government guarantee fund, are summarized as 
follows:

December 31, 2013 

december 31, 2012

Fair 
value 

Amortized  Unrealized 
gain  

cost/cost 

% of total 
fair value 

Fair 
 value 

amortized 
cost/cost 

Unrealized 
gain 

% of total 
fair value

  Cash and cash equivalents:

  Canadian federal  
  government 
treasury bills 

  Cash  

  AFS investments:
  Short-term investments:
  Canadian federal  
  government  

treasury bills(1) 

  government bonds  
  and debentures:

  Canadian federal 
  government 
  Canadian provincial  
and municipal
  governments 

  Corporate bonds and  

  debentures:
  Financial 
  energy 

Infrastructure 
  all other sectors 

  asset-backed bonds  
  and debentures 

  total aFS bonds and  

$  194,372  $  194,372  $ 

19,320 

19,320 

213,692 

213,692 

39,649 

39,649 

39,649 

39,649 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

3.6  $  242,273  $   242,273  $ 
0.4 

5,583 

5,583 

4.0 

  247,856 

  247,856 

0.7 

0.7 

90,014 

90,014 

90,014 

90,014 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

5.5
0.1

5.6

2.0

2.0

  1,809,970 

  1,766,510 

  43,460 

33.7 

  748,292 

  724,820 

23,472 

17.0

846,478 

811,667 

  34,811 

15.7 

  743,921 

  685,715 

  2,656,448 

  2,578,177 

  78,271 

49.4 

 1,492,213 

 1,410,535 

  1,280,776 
310,682 
229,607 
451,382 

  1,233,476 
300,509 
220,788 
442,795 

  47,300 
  10,173 
8,819 
8,587 

23.8 
5.8 
4.3 
8.4 

 1,171,976 
  314,880 
  259,844 
  429,936 

 1,099,581 
  294,991 
  240,717 
  402,256 

58,206 

81,678 

72,395 
19,889 
19,127 
27,680 

  2,272,447 

  2,197,568 

  74,879 

42.3 

 2,176,636 

 2,037,545 

  139,091 

8,248 

8,248 

8,076 

8,076 

172 

172 

0.2 

0.2 

65,025 

65,025 

64,254 

64,254 

771 

771 

16.9

33.9

26.6
7.2
5.9
9.8

49.5

1.5

1.5

  debentures 

  4,937,143 

  4,783,821 

  153,322 

91.9 

 3,733,874 

 3,512,334 

  221,540 

84.9

  equity investments:

  energy 
  Financial  
  Communications 
  all other sectors 

  total aFS equity  

investments 

38,322 
46,662 
21,432 
78,006 

34,006 
41,432 
16,551 
68,866 

4,316 
5,230 
4,881 
9,140 

0.7 
0.9 
0.4 
1.4 

92,471 
43,959 
70,636 
  121,345 

86,261 
41,873 
63,993 
  107,726 

6,210 
2,086 
6,643 
13,619 

184,422 

160,855 

  23,567 

3.4 

  328,411 

  299,853 

28,558 

  total investments 

$ 5,374,906  $ 5,198,017  $  176,889 

100.0  $ 4,400,155  $ 4,150,057  $  250,098 

2.1
1.0
1.6
2.8

7.5

100.0

(1)    Canadian federal government treasury bills include $3,108 in collateral posted for the benefit of the Company’s counterparty to its derivative financial instrument contracts as of 

December 31, 2013 as described in the “Derivative financial instruments” section of note 9.

76 

genwo rth MI C anada I n C .  20 13 annUaL  rep ort

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 the fair value of investments, excluding equity investments and cash and cash equivalents, is shown by contractual maturity of the 
investment. Investments at december 31, 2012 exclude investments in the government guarantee fund.

  terms to maturity  

Federal, provincial and municipal bonds and debentures and short-term investments:
  1 year or less 
  1–3 years 
  3–5 years 
  5–10 years 
  over 10 years 

Corporate bonds and debentures and short-term investments:
  1 year or less 
  1–3 years 
  3–5 years 
  5–10 years 
  over 10 years 

December 31, 
2013 

 december 31, 
2012

Fair value 

Fair value

$  439,368 
760,917 
531,238 
746,184 
218,390 

$  164,323
485,199
448,842
395,383
88,480

  2,696,097 

  1,582,227

295,533 
501,324 
588,819 
593,799 
301,220 

289,544
609,768
512,404
434,291
395,654

  2,280,695 

  2,241,661

$ 4,976,792 

$ 3,823,888

(a)  Investments denominated in foreign currencies

during the year ended december 31, 2013, the Company invested $149,189 Canadian in emerging market bonds denominated in 
U.S. dollars. these bonds are classified as aFS and changes in the fair value of the bonds are recorded in oCI. re-measurement 
adjustments on translation of the bonds from U.S. dollars into Canadian dollars are recognized in net investment gains

(b)  Derivative financial instruments 

derivative financial instruments are used by the Company for hedging purposes and for the purpose of modifying the risk profile 
of the Company’s investment portfolio, as long as the resulting exposures are within the Company’s investment policy guidelines, 
which have been approved by the Board of directors. 

In the year ended december 31, 2013, the Company used derivative financial instruments in the form of foreign currency forwards 
to mitigate foreign currency risk associated with bonds denominated in U.S. dollars and reinsurance collateral denominated in 
australian dollars pledged to collateralize reinsurance obligations. Foreign currency forwards are contractual obligations to exchange 
one currency for another at a predetermined future date.

the following table shows the fair value and notional amounts of the derivatives by terms of maturity, in Canadian dollars.

Fair 
value 

1 year 
or less 

1–3 
years 

3–5 
years 

over 5 
years 

total

notional amount

  december 31, 2013:

  Foreign currency  forwards 

$ 

(2,668) 

$ 

28,500 

$ 

— 

$  13,710 

$  133,580 

$  175,790

  december 31, 2012: 

 Foreign currency forwards 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

—

genwor th MI  Ca na da  In C .  2013 annUaL  report 

77

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) Years ended december 31, 2013 and 2012

9. 

Investments (continued)

the Company enters into collateral arrangements with its derivative counterparties that require the posting of collateral upon 
certain net exposure thresholds being met. as at december 31, 2013, the Company had posted collateral of $3,108 in the form of 
Canadian federal government treasury bills for the benefit of its counterparty to the foreign currency forwards (2012 – nil).

(c)  Securities lending

the Company participates in a securities lending program through an intermediary that is a financial institution for the purpose of 
generating fee income. non-cash collateral, which is equal to at least 105% of the fair value of the loaned securities, is retained by 
the Company until the underlying securities have been returned to the Company. 

the fair value of the loaned securities is monitored on a daily basis with additional collateral obtained or refunded as the fair value of 
the underlying securities fluctuates. while in the possession of counterparties, the loaned securities may be resold or re-pledged by 
such counterparties. the intermediary indemnifies the Company against any shortfalls in collateral. 

In addition to earning fee income under the securities lending program, the Company continues to earn all interest and other 
income generated by the loaned securities while the securities are in the possession of counterparties.

these transactions are conducted under terms that are usual and customary to security lending activities as well as requirements 
determined by exchanges where a financial institution acts as an intermediary.

as at december 31, 2013, the Company had loaned aFS bonds and debentures with a fair value of $243,141 (december 31, 2012 – 
$208,765) and has accepted eligible securities as collateral with a fair value of $257,443 (december 31, 2012 – $221,050).

(d)  Fair value measurements

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction 
between market participants at the measurement date.

Fair value measurements are based on a three-level fair value hierarchy based on inputs used in estimating the fair value of financial 
instruments. the hierarchy of inputs is summarized below:

Level 1 –  inputs used to value the financial instruments are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or 

liabilities;

Level 2 –  inputs used to value the financial instruments are other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the 

asset or liability either directly or indirectly; and

Level 3 –  inputs used to value the financial instruments are not based on observable market data.

78 

genwo rth MI C anada I n C .  20 13 annUaL  rep ort

the following table shows the carrying amounts and fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities, including their levels in the 
fair value hierarchy. It does not include fair value information for financial assets and financial liabilities not measured at fair value if 
the carrying amount is a reasonable approximation of fair value.

  2013  

  Carrying amount 

Fair value

Available- 
for-sale 

Fair value 
through 
 profit or loss 

Loans  
and 
receivables 

Other 
financial 
liabilities 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3

  Financial assets measured  

  at fair value:

  Short-term  

investments 

$ 

39,649 

$ 

— 

$ 

— 

$ 

— 

$  39,649 

$ 

— 

$ 

  Bonds and  

  debentures 
  equity investments   

  4,937,143 
184,422 

  5,161,214 

  Financial assets not  

  measured at fair value:
  Cash and cash  
     equivalents 
  accrued investment 
income and other  
receivables 

— 

— 

  Collateral receivable under 

reinsurance agreement  — 

  Financial liabilities measured 

at fair value:
  derivative financial  
instruments 

  Financial liabilities  

not measured 
at fair value:
  accounts payable and  
    accrued liabilities  
  Long-term debt 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

213,692 

— 

— 

— 

31,561 

28,482  

273,735 

(2,668) 

(2,668) 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(31,219) 
(422,767) 

(453,986) 

— 
  184,422 

  4,937,143 
— 

  224,071 

  4,937,143 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(2,668) 

(2,668) 

— 
(456,185) 

(456,185) 

  total  

$ 5,161,214 

$ 

(2,668) 

$  273,735 

$  (453,986) 

$  224,071 

$ 4,478,290 

$ 

—

—
—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—
—

—

—

during the years ended december 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company did not hold any investments measured at fair value using 
unobservable inputs (Level 3). transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy may occur if the inputs used to value the 
investments change. any transfers between the levels are deemed to have occurred at the end of the reporting period. given the 
types of assets classified in Level 1, which are short-term investments and equity investments, the Company does not typically 
have any transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, and there were no such transfers during the years ended 
december 31, 2013 and 2012.

genwor th MI  Ca na da  In C .  2013 annUaL  report 

79

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) Years ended december 31, 2013 and 2012

9. 

Investments (continued)

Valuation of Level 2 financial instruments:

Fair values of bonds and debentures are obtained primarily from industry-standard pricing sources utilizing market observable 
information. Because many fixed income investments do not trade on a daily basis, fair value is assessed by analyzing available 
market information through processes such as benchmark curves, benchmarking of like securities and quotes from market 
participants. observable information is compiled and integrates relevant credit information, interest rates of the underlying 
investment, perceived market movements and sector news. Market indicators and industry and economic events are also 
monitored as triggers to obtain additional data. the primary inputs used in determining fair value of bonds and debentures are 
interest rate curves and credit spreads.

derivative financial instruments are non-exchange-traded foreign currency forwards. the value of these derivative financial 
instruments is determined using an income approach in which future cash flows expected from the contracts are discounted to 
reflect the current value of the derivative financial instruments. the primary inputs used in determining fair value of the derivative 
financial instruments are interest rate yield curves and foreign currency exchange rates.

the Company’s long-term debt is a financial liability that is not carried at fair value on the Company’s consolidated statement of 
financial position, for which fair value is disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements (note 20). Fair values are 
obtained from independent pricing sources utilizing market observable information. the primary inputs used in the valuation of the 
long-term debt are interest rate curves and credit spreads.

10. Government guarantee fund and Government of Canada Guarantee Agreement

the 1988 Bank for International Settlements (“BIS”) agreement signed by the government of Canada introduced risk-related 
capital adequacy guidelines for Canadian chartered banks. Qualifying residential mortgages carried a 50% risk weighting, while 
mortgages insured by Canada Mortgage and housing Corporation (“CMhC”), an agency of the government of Canada, carried 
no risk weighting. the BIS capital guidelines did not provide a reduced risk weighting for residential mortgages insured by a 
private mortgage insurer, thereby putting private mortgage insurers at a disadvantage to CMhC. In 1988, the Mortgage Insurance 
Company of Canada (“MICC”) was such an insurer. 

effective January 1, 1991, MICC entered into an agreement with the government of Canada to ensure that it could effectively 
compete with CMhC. this agreement (“the agreement”) provided lenders with a government of Canada guarantee of MICC’s 
obligations under eligible residential mortgage insurance policies. In the event of MICC’s wind-up, the government of Canada 
would pay an amount of claims less 10% of the original insured amount to lenders. as a result of the credit support provided by the 
government of Canada guarantee, the risk weighting for eligible insured mortgages was reduced from 50% to 5%.

the agreement required:

(a)   contribution of 10.5% of premiums written on eligible insured mortgages over the next 25 years to a guarantee fund, which 

could be used in the event that the guarantee was called; and

(b)  payment of an annual risk premium equal to 1% of the estimated government of Canada net exposure.

Monies could be withdrawn from the government guarantee fund if the dollar value of the government guarantee fund was at 
least equal to the sum of the estimated government of Canada gross exposure on the guarantee plus the greater of 15% of the 
estimated government of Canada gross exposure and $10,000. Upon withdrawal of the monies from the government guarantee 
fund, an exit fee of 1% of the amount of the fund for each year from the effective date of the agreement to the date of withdrawal, 
up to a maximum of 25%, would be required to be paid to the government of Canada.

In 1995, the Company acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities from MICC related to MICC’s residential mortgage 
insurance line of business.

In conjunction with the acquisition of MICC’s residential mortgage insurance business, the agreement had been assigned to the 
Company with the consent of her Majesty In right of Canada. MICC assigned its interest in the assets held in the government 
guarantee fund to the Company.

on June 26, 2011, the Protection of Residential Mortgage or Hypothecary Insurance Act (“prMhIa”) was passed by the Canadian 
parliament. the stated purposes of prMhIa are “(a) to authorize the Minister to provide protection in respect of certain mortgage 
or hypothecary insurance contracts in order to support the efficient functioning of the housing finance market and the stability of 
the financial system in Canada; and (b) to mitigate the risks arising from the provision of that protection.” while prMhIa does not 

80 

genwo rth MI C anada I n C .  20 13 annUaL  rep ort

change the level of government guarantee provided on privately insured mortgages, it formalizes in legislation existing mortgage 
insurance arrangements with private mortgage insurers. during the year ended december 31, 2012, regulations that prescribed the 
implementation of prMhIa and established an effective date of January 1, 2013 were issued. 

on January 1, 2013, prMhIa became effective. the agreement was terminated on this date. Upon termination of the agreement 
all investments and monies held in the government guarantee fund reverted to the Company. Bonds and debentures of $949,037 
and cash and cash equivalents of $41,187 were reclassified from government guarantee fund assets to bonds and debentures and 
cash and cash equivalents on the consolidated statement of financial position. these investments continue to be classified as aFS. 
accrued investment income of $2,668 was reclassified from government guarantee fund assets to accrued investment income and 
other receivables on the consolidated statement of financial position. during the year ended december 31, 2013, the Company’s 
liability to MICC of $13,696 was settled.

payment of the exit fee under the agreement was required in the event that assets were withdrawn from the government 
guarantee fund. the Company had not withdrawn any assets from the government guarantee fund at december 31, 2012, as 
the conditions for withdrawal had not been met. therefore, no exit fees would be paid prior to the enactment of prMhIa on 
January 1, 2013. accordingly, in the year ended december 31, 2012, the Company reversed the cumulative exit fees which had 
offset the government guarantee fund in the consolidated statement of financial position and recorded income of $185,843.

the government guarantee fund recorded in the consolidated statements of financial position at fair value is comprised of the 
following:

Invested assets at fair value (a) 
accrued income (b) 
accrued exit fee (c) 
MICC liability (d) 

  December 31,  december 31, 
2012

2013 

$ 

$ 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

$  990,224
2,668
—
(13,696)

$  979,196

(a)   Investments including government bonds and bonds unconditionally guaranteed by the government of Canada of $949,037, 

and cash and cash equivalents of $41,187; plus

(b)  accrued interest on invested assets; less

(c)   the cumulative exit fee applicable to the fair value of the Company’s proportionate interest in investments and accrued 

contributions; less

(d)  the Company’s liability for MICC’s net proportionate interest in the government guarantee fund.

Upon the termination of the agreement, the annual risk premium was replaced by a risk fee equal to 2.25% of gross premium 
written. See note 3(b)(ii) for the accounting policy applied to the risk fee. the risk fee recorded in premium taxes and underwriting 
fees in the consolidated statement of income for the year ended december 31, 2013 is $11,513 (the annual risk premium recorded 
in the year ended december 31, 2012 was $9,718).

Contributions of assets to the government guarantee fund and the income on such assets had resulted in a tax deferral to the 
Company. Upon termination of the agreement on January 1, 2013, the withdrawal of these assets from the government guarantee 
fund resulted in a current tax obligation of approximately $256,636 for the Company.

For the purposes of the Insurance Subsidiary’s MCt, the government guarantee fund (net of related deferred tax impact) was 
deducted from capital available. Upon termination of the agreement, the assets previously held in the government guarantee fund 
reverted to the Company and are no longer deducted from capital available. accordingly, the Minister of Finance has established 
a minimum capital ratio of 175% under the provisions of prMhIa. as a result, the Insurance Subsidiary has increased its internal 
capital ratio target from 145% to 185% effective January 1, 2013.

In the year ended december 31, 2012, the Company recorded the results of income from the government guarantee fund of 
$26,875 less exit fees of $19,768 for a net amount of $7,107 in government guarantee fund earnings. In accordance with the 
provisions of prMhIa, the cumulative exit fee of $185,843 was reversed in the year ended december 31, 2012.

genwor th MI  Ca na da  In C .  2013 annUaL  report 

81

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) Years ended december 31, 2013 and 2012

11. Income taxes

the provision for income taxes comprises the following:

Current tax:

Current income taxes 
Current income tax adjustment in respect of prior years 

deferred tax:
  origination and reversal of temporary differences  

Impact of change in income tax rates  

total income tax expense 

Income taxes credited to oCI comprise the following:

Income tax (income tax recovery) related to net gains on 

aFS financial assets   

Income tax (income tax recovery) related to net gains on 

aFS financial assets in the government guarantee fund 
Income tax (income tax recovery) related to re-measurement 

of employee benefit plan obligations   

total income taxes recovered in oCI   

2013 

2012

$  375,370 
532 

$ 

375,902 

(241,561) 
2,089 

(239,472) 

99,980
(593)

99,387

61,750
3,125

64,875

$  136,430 

$  164,262

2013 

2012

$ 

(36,567) 

$ 

(525)

— 

899 

2,006

(2,067)

$ 

(35,668) 

$ 

(586)

Income taxes reflect an effective tax rate that differs from the statutory tax rate for the following reasons:

Income before income taxes 
Combined basic Canadian federal and provincial statutory income tax rate 

Income tax expense based on statutory tax rate 
Increase (decrease) in income tax resulting from:

non-taxable income   
effect of increase in income tax rates on deferred income taxes   
recognition of tax losses available for carry-forward(1)  

  other 

Income tax expense 

2013 

2012

$  511,087 
26.30% 

$  634,684
26.25%

$  134,416 

$  166,605 

(220) 
2,089 
— 
145 

(3,514)
3,442
(2,520)
249

$  136,430 

$  164,262

(1)   In the year ended december 31, 2012, oSFI approved the acquisition of pMI Canada. Subsequent to the acquisition date, $2,520 
of previously unrecognized tax losses were recognized as management considers it probable that future taxable profits will be 
available against which they can be utilized.

the difference in the effective income tax rate of 26.69% implicit in the $136,430 provision for income taxes in 2013 from the 
Company’s statutory income tax rate of 26.30% was primarily attributable to a higher income tax rate applicable to deferred income.

the difference in the effective income tax rate of 25.88% implicit in the $164,262 provision for income taxes in 2012 from the 
Company’s statutory income tax rate of 26.25% was primarily attributable to non-taxable dividend income and the recognition of tax 
losses available for carry forwards partially offset by a higher income tax rate applicable to deferred income.

82 

genwo rth MI C anada I n C .  20 13 annUaL  rep ort

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
the increase in statutory income tax rate from 26.25% to 26.30% in 2013 resulted from legislated increases in the income tax rates 
of certain provinces.

the following table describes the components of the net deferred tax liability on the Company’s consolidated statements of 
financial position:

deferred tax assets:

employee benefits 
Loss reserves 
tax losses available for carry-forward  
Financing costs 

deferred tax liabilities:
Investments  
Unrealized gains on government guarantee 

fund aFS investments 

government guarantee fund reserve   
policy reserves 
property and equipment and intangible assets 

net deferred tax liability   

the net change in the composition of the net deferred tax liabilities is as follows:

Balance, beginning of year 
expense (recovery) for the year 
other comprehensive income charge (recovery) for the year 

Balance, end of year 

  December 31,  december 31, 
2012

2013 

$ 

8,949 
1,714 
9,149 
34 

19,846 

$ 

8,086
1,866
10,709
340

21,001

(1,896) 

(2,211)

— 
— 
(56,041) 
(2,322) 

(15,803)
(240,733)
(55,656)
(2,896)

(60,259) 

(317,299)

$ 

(40,413) 

$ 

(296,298)

2013 

2012

$  296,298 
(239,472) 
(16,413) 

$  231,484 
64,875
(61)

$ 

40,413 

$  296,298

all deferred tax assets have been recognized as at december 31, 2013 and 2012 because management has assessed it is probable 
that future taxable profits will be available against which the deferred tax benefits can be utilized.

12. Related party transactions and balances

(a)  Transactions with key management personnel and Company Directors

Key management personnel are those persons having authority and responsibility for planning and directly controlling the activities 
of the Company.

Key management’s compensation includes base salary, benefits, retirement benefit plans, and executive allowances. additionally, 
it includes performance-based compensation consisting of short-term incentive compensation and long-term share-based 
compensation. Short-term incentive compensation is dependent on how well the Company performs against metrics that have 
been approved by the Company’s Board of directors and how well a key manager performs against his or her personal goals and 
objectives. Long-term share-based compensation grants may consist of any combination of options, rSUs, pSUs and edSUs 
(note 15). In addition to the defined contribution retirement benefit plan, a defined benefit supplemental executive retirement plan 
(“Serp”) is maintained to provide pension benefits to key management in excess of the amounts payable under the Company’s 
registered defined contribution plan. 

genwor th MI  Ca na da  In C .  2013 annUaL  report 

83

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) Years ended december 31, 2013 and 2012

12. Related party transactions and balances (continued)

the Company has standard policies in place to cover various forms of termination. Key management are subject to the same terms 
and conditions as all other employees of the Company for resignation and termination for cause. 

directors must take 50% of their annual retainer in the form of dSUs and may elect to take the remaining portion in dSUs. 
Independent directors are required to own at least three times their annual retainer in common shares or dSUs by the later of 
five years from July 7, 2009, the date of the Company’s Ipo, or the individual’s appointment date. If a director has not met the 
Company’s ownership guideline within the prescribed period, 100% of the director’s annual retainer will be paid in dSUs until such 
time as the guidelines are met.

Compensation for the Company’s seven key management personnel and six independent directors (december 31, 2012 – six key 
managers and four independent directors) was comprised of the following:

Short-term employee benefits 
post-employment benefits 
Share-based compensation 
termination benefits 
director fees 

total compensation 

(b)  Interest in consolidated subsidiaries

  December 31,  december 31, 
2012

2013 

$ 

$ 

4,397 
697 
3,411 
— 
548 

$ 

9,053 

$ 

3,283
448
1,235
979
481

6,426

the following table identifies all of the investees in the Company’s reporting structure and the Company’s percentage of direct and 
indirect ownership of the investees. all of the investees have been incorporated in Canada.

Investee 

genworth Canada holdings I 
Limited (“holdings I”) 
genworth Canada holdings II 
Limited (“holdings II”) 

MIC holdings e Company (“eco”)  
genworth Financial Mortgage Insurance   

Company Canada (“the Insurance Subsidiary”)  

pMI Mortgage Insurance Company 

Canada (“pMI Canada”) 

type of ownership 

ownership interest

direct 

direct 
direct 
Indirect through
  holdings I and holdings II  
Indirect through 

the Insurance Subsidiary  

100%

100%
100%

100%

100%

through its sole ownership interest in these investees, the Company has absolute discretion to make decisions on behalf of the 
investees and has control of the investees. as control has been established, the Company is required to consolidate the investees.

the Insurance Subsidiary and pMI Canada are regulated insurance companies governed by the provisions of the Insurance 
Company Act (“the act”), which is administered by oSFI. 

as such, these investees are subject to certain requirements and restrictions contained in the act. the investees are required under 
the act to meet a minimum capital test (“MCt”) to support their outstanding mortgage insurance policies in force. In addition, 
internal capital ratio targets have been established for the investees by their respective Board of directors with which they must 
comply (note 8). accordingly, these investees must limit dividends and other distributions to the Company to the extent that they 
are required to comply with the MCt and internal capital ratio targets. Furthermore, any dividends or capital distributions from these 
investees are subject to formal regulatory approval from oSFI.

84 

genwo rth MI C anada I n C .  20 13 annUaL  rep ort

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(c)  Other related party transactions

the Company enters into related party transactions with genworth Financial, Inc. and its subsidiaries. Services rendered by 
genworth Financial, Inc. and affiliated companies consist of information technology, finance, human resources, legal and 
compliance, and other specified services. the services rendered by the Company and the Insurance Subsidiary relate mainly to 
financial reporting and tax compliance support services. these transactions are in the normal course of business. Balances owing 
for service transactions are non-interest-bearing and are settled on a quarterly basis.

the Company incurred net related party charges of $5,673 for the year ended december 31, 2013 (december 31, 2012 – $5,613). 
the balance payable for related party services at december 31, 2013 is $312 (december 31, 2012 – $108) and is reported in 
accounts payable and accrued liabilities in the consolidated statements of financial position.

during the year ended december 31, 2013, the Company repurchased 3,903,117 of its own common shares for cancellation 
on the open market for an aggregate purchase price of $105,000. genworth Financial, Inc., through its subsidiaries, participated 
proportionately in the share purchase transaction and maintained a 57.4% ownership interest in the Company. See note 19 for 
additional disclosure on the share repurchase transaction.

on december 20, 2013, the Company, through its indirect subsidiary pMI Canada, entered into a retrocession agreement with 
Merrill Lynch reinsurance under which the Company assumed reinsurance risk for approximately 25% of the retroceded liabilities 
on claims paid by genworth Financial Mortgage Insurance pty Limited, an australian company (“genworth australia”), in excess of 
$700,000 australian within any one year, up to a maximum exposure to the Company of $30,000 australian, less claims paid by the 
Company in prior years. additional information about the reinsurance agreement is disclosed in note 6(e).

13. Commitments

the Company’s commitments are comprised of operating leases. the Company leases office space, office equipment, computer 
equipment and automobiles. Leases of office space have initial lease terms between five to seven years with the right to extend 
the initial term of the lease for an additional four years. 

Future minimum lease commitments at december 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

Less than 1 year 
Later than 1 year but less than 5 years 
Later than 5 years 

  December 31,  december 31, 
2012

2013 

$ 

$ 

2,347 
5,456 
— 

$ 

7,803 

$ 

2,401
7,418
—

9,819

Lease payments recognized as an expense for the year ended december 31, 2013 were $3,087 (2012 – $2,925).

14. Employee benefit plans

(a)  Defined contribution pension benefit plan

the Company’s eligible employees participate in a registered defined contribution pension plan. the plan provides benefits to 
employees of the Company immediately upon hire. as plan sponsor, the Company is responsible for contributing a predetermined 
amount to an employee’s retirement savings, based on a percentage of that employee’s salary. Contributions are made on a 
bi-weekly basis.

the cost of the defined contribution pension plan is recognized as compensation expense as services are provided by employees.

the registered defined contribution pension plan is subject to legislation under the Pension Benefits Act (ontario) and the Canadian 
Income Tax Act.

genwor th MI  Ca na da  In C .  2013 annUaL  report 

85

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) Years ended december 31, 2013 and 2012

14. Employee benefit plans (continued)

(b)  Defined benefit plans

the Company maintains two types of defined benefit plans: a Supplemental employee retirement plan (“Serp”) and a defined 
benefit plan for non-pension post-retirement benefits.

the Serp is an unregistered, non-contributory supplemental pension plan that supplements the registered defined contribution 
plan. Benefit entitlement under the Serp is based on a final average earnings target. the non-pension post-retirement benefit plan 
provides medical and life insurance coverage to employees after retirement. Certain employees are also entitled to dental benefits 
under this plan.

the benefit liabilities for these plans represent the amount of pension and non-pension post-retirement benefits that employees 
and retirees have earned as at year end. the Company’s actuaries perform valuations of the benefit liabilities for these plans as at 
december 31 of each year.

plan membership data used in the valuations includes the number of plan members and the average age, service period, and 
pensionable earnings of plan members. For the Serp, actuarial valuations for the years ended december 31, 2013 and 2012 are 
based on plan membership data as at the respective period ends. the weighted average duration of the Serp is 20 years. For the 
non-pension post-retirement benefits, actuarial valuations for the years ended december 31, 2013 and 2012 are based on plan 
membership data as at January 1, 2012. the weighted average duration of the non-pension post-retirement benefit plan is 23 years.

the plans are unfunded with no specific assets backing the plan. the Company is the sponsor of these plans. pension and benefit 
payments related to these plans are paid directly by the Company at the time the benefits are due. 

the Serp and non-pension post-retirement benefit plans are unregistered and are not subject to specific legislation.

(c)  Benefit plan governance

the Company’s Board of directors has oversight of the pension and post-retirement benefit plans. the pension Committee, which 
is comprised of executive-level employees of the Company, reports to the Board of directors on all pension-related matters. part 
of the pension Committee’s broader mandate is to identify risks associated with the pension plans and to recommend appropriate 
policies and procedures to mitigate and manage these risks to the Board of directors for approval. once approved by the Board of 
directors, the policies and procedures are implemented by the Company.

the benefit liabilities in respect of the plans are recorded in the Company’s consolidated statements of financial position as follows:

2013 

Serp 

2012 

non-pension 
post-retirement benefits 

total
benefit liabilities

2013 

2012 

2013 

2012

accrued net benefit liabilities under 

employee benefit plans 

$ 

13,830 

$ 

14,728 

$ 

12,689 

$  11,991 

$ 

26,519 

$ 

26,719

the maturity profile of the plans is demonstrated in the following table:

accrued net benefit liabilities of 
active plan members  

accrued net benefit liabilities of  
retirees and deferred vested 
benefit recipients 

accrued net benefit liabilities under 

2013 

Serp 

2012 

non-pension 
post-retirement benefits 

total
benefit liabilities

2013 

2012 

2013 

2012

$ 

9,332 

$ 

10,568 

$ 

10,974 

$  10,451 

$ 

20,306 

$ 

21,020

4,498 

4,160 

1,715 

1,540 

6,213 

5,700

employee benefit plans 

$ 

13,830 

$ 

14,728 

$ 

12,689 

$  11,991 

$ 

26,519 

$ 

 26,719

86 

genwo rth MI C anada I n C .  20 13 annUaL  rep ort

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
pension and non-pension post-retirement benefits are recognized in employee compensation in the consolidated statements of 
income and are determined as follows:

defined benefit expense:

Benefits earned by employees 
plan settlements 
Interest cost on accrued  

benefit liability 

defined benefit expense for the year  
defined contribution expense for the year  

2013 

Serp 

2012 

non-pension 
post-retirement benefits 

2013 

2012 

2013 

$ 

$ 

870 
— 

$ 

579 
206 

$ 

1,200 
— 

$ 

894 
— 

$ 

2,070 
— 

675 

1,545 
2,567 

525 

1,310 
2,575 

606 

1,806 
— 

510 

1,404 
— 

1,281 

3,351 
2,567 

total
benefits

2012

1,473
206

1,035

2,714
2,575

total pension and non-pension 

post-retirement benefit expense
for the year 

$ 

4,112 

$  

3,885 

$ 

1,806 

$ 

1,404 

$ 

5,918 

$ 

 5,289

the actuarial gains recognized in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income relating to the Serp are $2,364 at  
december 31, 2013 (2012 – actuarial losses of $4,485). the actuarial gains recognized in the consolidated statements of 
comprehensive income relating to the non-pension post-retirement benefits are $1,052 (2012 – actuarial losses of $3,354).

Changes in the estimated financial positions of the Serp and non-pension post-retirement benefits are as follows:

2013 

Serp 

2012 

non-pension 
post-retirement benefits 

total
benefit liabilities

2013 

2012 

2013 

2012

accrued net benefit liabilities under  

employee  benefit plans,  
beginning of year 

Benefits earned by employees 

during the year 

Interest costs on accrued liability 
incurred during the year 

plan settlements recognized  

during the year 

Benefits paid to pensioners  

during the year 

actuarial losses (gains) from 
plan re-measurement  

accrued net benefit liabilities under 

$ 

14,728 

$ 

9,006 

$ 

11,991 

$ 

7,309 

$ 

26,719 

$ 

16,315

870 

675 

— 

579 

525 

206 

1,200 

606 

— 

894 

510 

— 

2,070 

1,473

1,281 

1,035

— 

206

(149)

(79) 

(73) 

(56) 

 (76) 

(135) 

(2,364) 

4,485 

(1,052) 

3,354 

(3,416) 

7,839

employee benefit plans 

$ 

13,830 

$ 

14,728 

$ 

12,689 

$  11,991 

$ 

26,519 

$ 

26,719

genwor th MI  Ca na da  In C .  2013 annUaL  report 

87

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) Years ended december 31, 2013 and 2012

14. Employee benefit plans (continued)

the actuarial gains or losses categorized between experience gains or losses and changes in assumptions are presented in the 
following table: 

2013 

Serp 

2012 

non-pension 
post-retirement benefits 

total
benefit liabilities

2013 

2012 

2013 

2012

actuarial (gains) losses:

experience (gains) losses  
Changes in assumptions 

$ 

(966) 
(1,398) 

$ 

285 
4,200 

$ 

58 
(1,110) 

$ 

1,380 
1,974 

$ 

(908) 
(2,508) 

$ 

1,665
6,174

$ 

(2,364) 

$ 

4,485 

$ 

(1,052) 

$ 

3,354 

$ 

(3,416) 

$ 

7,839

(d)  Defined benefit plan assumptions

the significant weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit liabilities are as follows:

discount rate 
Change in rate of compensation increase  
Mortality 

assumed overall health care trend rate 

(1)   Grading down to 4.50% per year in and after 2029.

2013 

5.00% 
3.00% 
75% of male 
rates and 92% 
of female rates 
from the 
CPM RPP 2014 
private sector table 
  with improvement
scale CPM-A 
n/a 

Serp 

2012 

non-pension 
post-retirement benefits 

2013 

2012

4.60% 
3.50% 
Up94 
generational 

5.00% 
3.00% 
CPM RPP 
2014 private 
sector table
with improvement
scale CPM-A

4.60%
3.50% 
Up94
generational

n/a 

8.33%(1) 

7.11%(1)

the following sensitivity analysis demonstrates the impact of a reasonable possible change in each significant valuation assumption 
as at december 31, 2013 on the benefit obligations.

Increase (decrease) in benefit obligations:
discount rate:

Impact of 1% increase 
Impact of 1% decrease 

Change in salary scale:

Impact of 1% increase 
Impact of 1% decrease 

Mortality rate:

Impact of 1 additional year of life expectancy 
Impact of 1 less year of life expectancy 

assumed overall health care trend rate:

Impact of 1% increase 
Impact of 1% decrease 

$ 

Serp 

(2,515) 
3,283 

1,588 
(1,422) 

294 
(318) 

n/a 
n/a 

non-pension 
post-retirement 
benefits

$ 

(2,370)
3,104

n/a
n/a

197
(186)

976
(989)

88 

genwo rth MI C anada I n C .  20 13 annUaL  rep ort

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
these sensitivity analyses as hypothetical. actual experience may differ from expected experience. For the purpose of this analysis,  
all other assumptions were held constant.

(e)  Benefit plan cash flows

the Company makes contributions to the defined contribution pension plan on a bi-weekly basis. the Serp and non-pension post-
retirement benefits plans are unfunded. the Company pays these benefits as they become due.

Cash payments made by the Company during the year in connection with employee benefit plans are as follows:

Benefits paid for defined benefit plans 
Contribution to defined contribution plan   

pension plans 

$ 

2013 

79 
2,567 

$ 

2012 

73 
2,575 

$ 

$ 

2,646 

$ 

2,648 

$ 

non-pension 
post-retirement benefits

2013 

2012

56 
— 

56 

$ 

$ 

76
—

76

the Company expects to contribute the following amounts to its employee benefit plans during the annual period beginning after 
december 31, 2013:

defined contribution plan  
Serp  
non-pension post-retirement benefit plan  

total   

15. Share-based compensation

$ 

2,198
193
104

$ 

2,495

the Company provides long-term incentive plans for the granting of stock options with tandem stock appreciation rights 
(“options”), restricted Share Units (“rSUs”), performance Share Units (“pSUs”), executive deferred Share Units (“edSUs”) and 
directors’ deferred Share Units (“dSUs”).

options are granted to employees with an exercise price equal to the Company’s closing share price at the date of grant. options 
vest over a period of three years (50% on each of the second and third anniversaries of the grant date or equally over three years). 
the options expire ten years from the date of grant and provide employees with the choice of settlement in either cash or shares 
of the Company. the range of exercise prices for the year ended december 31, 2013 is $19.00 to $27.12 (2012 – $19.00 to $27.12).

rSUs entitle employees to receive an amount equal to the fair value of the Company’s shares. the rSUs vest equally over 
three years. 

pSUs entitle employees to receive an amount equal to the fair value of the Company’s shares if certain performance conditions are 
met. performance conditions are measured in each year over a three-year performance period and payouts are settled at the end 
of the period. the awards paid out may vary, based on the Company’s performance, from zero to one and one-half times the initial 
grant of pSUs. the performance measures associated with pSU grants include average annual earnings growth, return on equity, 
underwriting income, investment income and earnings per share.

during the year ended december 31, 2013, the Company introduced edSUs as part of its share-based compensation plans. the 
Company’s Board of directors, at its sole discretion, may grant edSUs to the Company’s executive-level employees. edSUs entitle 
employees to receive an amount equal to the fair value of the Company’s shares. the Board of directors determines the vesting 
and performance conditions as well as the number of edSUs to be granted. edSUs may be redeemed only upon termination 
of employment.

dSUs entitle eligible members of the Company’s Board of directors to receive an amount equal to the fair value of the Company’s 
shares. the number of dSUs granted is based on the fair value of director services provided during the period and is calculated 
using the Company’s average share price in the five days immediately preceding the period end. the dSUs vest immediately on the 
date of grant and must be redeemed no later than december 15 of the calendar year commencing immediately after the director’s 
termination date.

genwor th MI  Ca na da  In C .  2013 annUaL  report 

89

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) Years ended december 31, 2013 and 2012

15. Share-based compensation (continued)

employees receive settlement of rSUs, pSUs and dSUs in either cash or shares of the Company at the discretion of the 
Company’s Board of directors. edSUs are settled in cash. the rSUs, pSUs, edSUs and dSUs may also participate in dividend 
equivalents at the discretion of the Company’s Board of directors.

the Company has reserved 3,000,000 common shares of its issued and authorized shares for issuance under these long-term 
incentive plans.

the following table presents information about these share-based compensation plans:

2013 

Options 

price 

Options 

of RSUs 

RSUs 

of DSUs 

DSUs 

of PSUs 

PSUs 

of EDSUs 

EDSUs

  Weighted   Weighted  

Number 

average  average fair 

  Weighted  

  average fair  

  Weighted  

  average fair  

  Weighted  

  average fair  

  Weighted 

  average fair 

of 

exercise 

value of 

Number 

value of 

Number 

value of 

Number 

value of 

Number 

value of 

outstanding as  at January 1 
granted 
dividend equivalents  
  granted 
exercised 
Forfeited 
Changes in fair value 

Outstanding, as  
  at December 31 

exercisable, as  
  at december 31 

weighted average  remaining  
  contractual  life (years) 

2012 

outstanding as at January 1 
granted 
dividend equivalents granted 
exercised 
Forfeited 
Changes in fair value 

outstanding, 
  as at december 31 

exercisable, 
  as at december 31    

weighted average  remaining  
  contractual  life (years) 

 1,027,130  $  21.89  $  2,173 
— 
  100,200 

23.79 

  96,216  $  2,173 
1,236 
  51,832 

  34,412  $ 
8,515 

778 
241 

  46,756  $  1,056 
1,093 
  45,221 

—  $ 

  20,153 

— 

  (91,572)   
  (48,850)   

— 

— 
20.62 
23.50 
— 

— 

5,290 

(942)    (45,717)   
(2,307)   
(453)   
— 
8,420 

124 
(1,146)   
(56)   

1,527 

1,809 
— 
— 
— 

42 
— 
— 
578 

3,635 
  (20,440)   
(3,634)   
— 

88 
(510)   
(88)   
981 

— 
— 
— 
— 

—
636

—
—
—
102

  986,908  $  22.12  $  9,198 

  105,314  $  3,858 

  44,736  $  1,639 

  71,538  $  2,620 

  20,153  $ 

738

  749,813  $  21.56  $  7,331 

—  $ 

— 

  44,736  $  1,639 

—  $ 

— 

—  $ 

6.5 

— 

— 

1.4 

— 

— 

— 

1.9 

— 

3.8 

—

—

  weighted   weighted  

number 

average  average fair 

  weighted  

   average fair  

  weighted  

  average fair  

  weighted  

  average fair  

  weighted 

  average fair 

of 

exercise 

options 

price 

value of 

options 

number 

of rSUs 

value of 

number 

value of 

rSUs 

of dSUs 

dSUs 

number 

of pSUs 

value of 

number 

value of 

pSUs 

of edSUs 

edSUs

 1,152,450  $  21.77  $  1,554 
— 
  152,080 
— 
— 
(499)   
(103)   

  (180,000)   
(97,400)   

22.61 
— 
19.00 
26.96 
— 

1,221 

  103,470  $  2,120 
1,211 
  60,263 
162 
6,907 
(1,333)   
(67,555)   
(176)   
(6,869)   
189 
— 

  20,437  $ 
  12,424 
1,551 
— 
— 
— 

— 

420 
245 
36 
— 
— 
77 

  37,470  $ 
  17,654 
3,147 
— 

(11,515)   

— 

768 
366 
81 
— 
(310)   
151    

—  $ 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

 1,027,130  $  21.89  $  2,173 

  96,216  $  2,173 

  34,412  $ 

778 

  46,756  $  1,056 

—  $ 

  730,508  $  20.75  $  1,747 

—  $ 

— 

  34,412  $ 

778 

—  $ 

— 

—  $ 

7.2 

— 

— 

1.6    

— 

— 

— 

1.2 

— 

— 

—
—
—
—
—
—

—

—

—

the fair value of options is measured using the Black-Scholes valuation model as at the end of each reporting period. the fair 
value of the rSUs, pSUs, dSUs and edSUs is measured at the quoted market price of the Company’s shares at the end of each 
reporting period.

the aggregate fair value of the options outstanding is $9,198 as at december 31, 2013 (december 31, 2012 – $2,173).

90 

genwo rth MI C anada I n C .  20 13 annUaL  rep ort

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
the inputs used in the measurement of the fair values of the options are as follows:

Share price at reporting date 
weighted average exercise price per share 
expected volatility 
option life (years) 
expected dividend yield   
risk-free interest rate 

$ 
$ 

2013 

36.63 
22.12 
13.21% 
6.0 
3.82% 
1.21% 

$ 
$ 

2012

22.59
21.89
19.56%
6.0
5.14%
1.31%

the following table provides information about the expenses and liabilities arising from share-based compensation:

expense arising from:
  options 
rSUs 
pSUs 
edSUs 
dSUs 

total recognized as share-based compensation expense   

total carrying amount of liabilities for 
cash-settled arrangements 

total intrinsic value of liability for  vested benefits 

16. Intangible assets

the Company’s intangible assets are summarized as follows:

  Cost 

Balance at January 1, 2012 
acquisitions – externally purchased 

Balance at december 31, 2012 
acquisitions – externally purchased 

Balance at December 31, 2013 

2013 

2012

$ 

$ 

6,773 
2,314 
1,237 
47 
861 

$ 

11,232 

$ 

933
1,618
393
—
358

3,302

  December 31,  december 31, 
2012

2013 

$ 

$ 

14,317 

14,257 

$ 

$ 

4,875

2,721

Computer software

$ 

29,411
3,853

33,264
3,001

$ 

36,265

genwor th MI  Ca na da  In C .  2013 annUaL  report 

91

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) Years ended december 31, 2013 and 2012

16. Intangible assets (continued)

  amortization and impairment losses 

Balance at January 1, 2012 
amortization for the year  

Balance at december 31, 2012 
amortization for the year  

Balance at December 31, 2013 

amortization of intangible assets is included in office expenses in the consolidated statements of income.

  Carrying amounts 

at december 31, 2012 
At December 31, 2013 

17. Transactions with lenders

Computer software

$ 

17,850
5,674

23,524
5,427

$ 

28,951

Computer software

$ 

9,740
7,314

gross premiums written from two major lenders (defined as lenders that individually account for more than 10% of the Company’s 
gross premiums written) was $152,444, representing 29.8% of the Company’s total gross premiums written for the year ended 
december 31, 2013 (2012 – gross premiums written from one major lender that accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s 
gross premiums written was $189,230 or 34%).

18. Goodwill

on January 17, 1995, the Company acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities from MICC related to MICC’s residential 
mortgage insurance line of business. the excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of the net assets was recorded 
as goodwill. 

goodwill impairment test:

goodwill is considered impaired to the extent that its carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. the recoverable amount 
of the Company’s single CgU, which is its mortgage insurance business, was determined based on its value in use. Value in use 
was calculated by discounting the future cash flows generated from continuing use of the CgU. the calculation of value in use 
incorporated five years of cash flow estimates and was based on the following key assumptions: 

the Company’s multi-year plan was used as a proxy for five years of future cash flow estimates. the multi-year plan represents 
the Company’s best estimate of future income and cash flows and is approved by the Company’s Board of directors. the plan 
incorporates assumptions regarding premium growth rate, loss development and relevant industry and economic assumptions.

terminal value incorporated into the value in use calculations was estimated by applying a growth rate of 1.3% (2012 – 1.7%) to the 
last year of the multi-year plan cash flow estimate. the growth rates at december 31, 2013 and 2012 reflect the Canadian five-year 
historical average core inflation rate, which does not exceed the long-term average growth rate for the industry.

a pre-tax discount rate of 14.1% (2012 – 10.6%) was applied in determining the recoverable amount of the unit. the discount rates 
as at december 31, 2013 and 2012 were based on the Company’s weighted average cost of capital, adjusted for liquidity and a 
risk premium. 

Based on the value in use calculation, the recoverable amount of the unit was determined to be higher than its carrying amount. 
no goodwill impairment charge was recognized in the year ended december 31, 2013 (2012 – nil).

92 

genwo rth MI C anada I n C .  20 13 annUaL  rep ort

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
19. Share capital

the share capital of the Company comprises the following:

authorized:

Unlimited common shares with nominal or no par value(1)
1 special share(2)

Issued:

94,910,880 common shares (2012 – 98,698,018)  
1 special share 

Share capital 

2013 

2012

$ 1,408,213 
— 

$ 1,463,612
—

$ 1,408,213 

$ 1,463,612

(1)   Holders of common shares will, except where otherwise provided by law and subject to the rights of the holder of the special share, be entitled to elect a portion of the Board of 
Directors, vote at all meetings of shareholders of the Company, and be entitled to one vote per common share. Holders of common shares are entitled to receive dividends as and 
when declared by the Board and, upon voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, the holders of common shares are entitled to receive the 
remaining property and assets of the Company available for distribution, after payment of liabilities. All issued shares are fully paid.

(2)   Only one special share may be authorized for issuance. The special share is held by the Company’s majority shareholder, Genworth Financial, Inc. The attributes of the special share 
provide that the holder of the special share will be entitled to nominate and elect a certain number of directors to the Board, as determined by the number of common shares that 
the holder of the special share and its affiliates beneficially own from time to time. Accordingly, for so long as Genworth Financial, Inc. beneficially owns a specified percentage of 
common shares, the holder of the special share will be entitled to nominate and elect a specified number of the Company’s directors as set out in the table below:

  Common share ownership 

greater than or equal to 50% 
Less than 50% but not less than 40% 
Less than 40% but not less than 30% 
Less than 30% but not less than 20% 
Less than 20% but not less than 10% 
Less than 10% 

number of directors

5/9
4/9
3/9
2/9
1/9
none

Under the shareholder agreement, the selling shareholder will agree that the special share may not be transferred except to and 
among affiliates of genworth Financial, Inc. Subject to applicable law, the special share will be automatically redeemed for $1.00 
immediately upon (a) any transfer to a non-affiliate of genworth Financial, Inc., (b) the time that any affiliate of genworth Financial, 
Inc. who, at the relevant time, holds the special share is no longer an affiliate of genworth Financial, Inc., (c) the time that genworth 
Financial, Inc. first ceases to beneficially own at least 10% of the outstanding common shares, or (d) demand by the holder of the 
special share.

the following table presents changes in the number of common shares outstanding that occurred during each year:

Common shares, January 1 
Common shares issued in connection with
share-based compensation plans  

Common shares retired under share repurchase 

Common shares, december 31 

2013 

2012

 98,698,018 

 98,666,796

115,979 
  (3,903,117) 

31,222
—

 94,910,880 

 98,698,018

at december 31, 2013, subsidiaries of genworth Financial, Inc. owned 54,469,098 common shares of the Company or 
approximately 57.4% (2012 – 56,710,094 or approximately 57.5%).

genwor th MI  Ca na da  In C .  2013 annUaL  report 

93

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) Years ended december 31, 2013 and 2012

19. Share capital (continued)

Share repurchase:

during the year ended december 31, 2013, the Company’s Board of directors authorized a normal course issuer bid (“nCIB”) to 
purchase up to 4,937,078 shares, representing approximately 5% of its outstanding common shares. purchases of common shares 
commenced on May 17, 2013 and will expire on the earlier of May 2, 2014 and the date on which the Company has purchased the 
maximum number of shares under the nCIB.

during the year ended december 31, 2013, under the terms of the nCIB, the Company purchased 3,903,117 common shares for 
cancellation on the open market for an aggregate price of $105,000. the Company’s majority shareholder, genworth Financial, Inc., 
through its subsidiaries, participated proportionately in the share purchase transaction and maintained a 57.4% ownership interest 
in the Company.

the nCIB is recognized as a reduction to share capital equal to the average carrying value of the common shares purchased for 
cancellation. the excess of the aggregate purchase price over the average carrying value, together with the incremental costs 
associated with the transaction, are recognized as a reduction to retained earnings

20. Long-term debt

on June 29, 2010, the Company completed an offering of $275,000 principal amount of senior unsecured debentures (“Series 1”). 
the Series 1 debentures were issued for gross proceeds of $274,862 or a price of $99.95, before approximate issuance costs 
of $2,413. 

on december 16, 2010, the Company completed an additional offering of $150,000 principal amount of senior unsecured 
debentures (“Series 2”). the Series 2 debentures were issued at par, before approximate issuance costs of $986. 

the issuance costs and discount are amortized over the respective terms of the debentures using the effective interest method.

the following table provides details of the Company’s long-term debt:

date issued 
Maturity date 
principal amount outstanding 
Fixed annual rate 
Semi-annual interest payment due each year on: 

the Company’s long-term debt balances are as follows:

Carrying value  
Fair value 

Carrying value  
Fair value 

Series 1 

Series 2

June 29, 2010 
June 15, 2020 
$275,000 
5.68% 
June 15, december 15 

december 16, 2010
december 15, 2015
$150,000
4.59%
June 15, december 15

December 31, 2013

Series 1 

Series 2 

Total

$  273,181 
  300,152 

$  149,586 
156,033 

$  422,767
456,185

december 31, 2012

Series 1 

Series 2 

total

$  272,956 
  297,721 

$  149,389 
153,497 

$  422,345
451,218

94 

genwo rth MI C anada I n C .  20 13 annUaL  rep ort

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
the Company’s long-term debt is classified as a Level 2 financial instrument at the end of the reporting period, as described in 
note 9(d), as the fair value of the debt is determined using observable market inputs.

the Company incurred interest expense of $22,926 and $22,966 for the years ended december 31, 2013 and 2012, with accrued 
interest payable of $1,076 at december 31, 2013 (2012 – $1,076).

21. Earnings per share

during the year ended december 31, 2013, basic earnings per share were calculated using the weighted average number of shares 
outstanding of 97,049,781 (2012 – 98,684,587). diluted earnings per share have been calculated using the diluted weighted average 
number of shares outstanding of 97,067,722 (2012 – 98,806,915); 986,908 options, 105,314 rSUs, 31,394 pSUs and 40,781 dSUs 
(2012 – 1,027,130 options, 36,835 rSUs, 15,062 pSUs and 9,353 dSUs) were excluded from the diluted weighted average number 
of common shares calculations. their effect would have been anti-dilutive, due to the cash settlement option. 

earnings per share are computed below:

Basic earnings per share:

net income 

  diluted earnings per share:

re-measurement amount 

earnings for the purpose of  diluted earnings per share 

Basic common shares outstanding, beginning of year  
effect of share-based compensation  exercised during the year 
effect of repurchase of common shares  during the year   

weighted average basic common shares outstanding,  end of year 

Basic net earnings per common share  

diluted earnings per share: 

Basic weighted average common shares  outstanding  
effect of share-based compensation during the year   

diluted weighted average common shares outstanding,  end of year   

diluted net earnings per common share   

  December 31,  december 31, 
2012

2013 

$  374,657 

$  470,422

17 

(270)

$  374,674 

$  470,152

 98,698,018 
62,011 
  (1,710,248) 

98,666,796
17,791
—

 97,049,781 

98,684,587

$ 

3.86 

$ 

4.77

 97,049,781 
17,941 

98,684,587
122,328

 97,067,722 

98,806,915

$ 

3.86 

$ 

4.76

genwor th MI  Ca na da  In C .  2013 annUaL  report 

95

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) Years ended december 31, 2013 and 2012

22. Non-current assets and liabilities

the following table presents assets and liabilities the Company expects to recover or settle after 12 months, at december 31, 2013 
and 2012:

assets:

Collateral under reinsurance agreement 
Bonds and debentures  
government guarantee fund 
equity investments 
Subrogation recoverable 

total assets 

Liabilities:

Loss reserves 
derivative financial instruments 
accrued net benefit liabilities under
  employee benefit plans 
Long-term debt 

total liabilities 

net assets due after one year 

  December 31,  december 31, 
2012

2013 

28,482 
$ 
  4,241,891 
— 
184,422 
13,366 

$ 
—
  3,370,021
924,380
328,411
17,881

  4,468,161 

  4,640,693

50,354 
2,653 

26,222 
422,767 

501,996 

55,380
—

16,140
422,345

493,865

$ 3,966,165 

$ 4,146,828

96 

genwo rth MI C anada I n C .  20 13 annUaL  rep ort

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“Minimum Capital Test” or “MCT” means the minimum capital test 
for certain federally regulated insurance companies established by oSFI 
(as defined herein). Under MCt, companies calculate an MCt ratio of 
regulatory capital available to regulatory capital required using a defined 
methodology prescribed by oSFI in monitoring the adequacy of a 
company’s capital. the MCt ratio is a key metric of the adequacy of the 
Company’s capital in comparison to regulatory requirements and is used 
for comparisons to other mortgage insurers and internal targets.

“net operating income” means net income excluding after-tax net 
realized gains (losses) on sale of investments and unrealized gains 
(losses) on Fair Value through profit or Loss (“FVtpL”) securities. net 
operating income estimates the recurring after-tax earnings from core 
business activities and is an indicator of core operating performance. 

“new insurance written” means the original principal balance of 
mortgages, including any capitalized premiums, insured during a 
specified period. new insurance written measures the maximum 
potential risk exposure under insurance contracts added during a 
specific time period and is used to determine potential loss exposure. 

“operating return on equity” means the net operating income for a 
period divided by the average of the beginning and ending shareholders’ 
equity, excluding aoCI, for such period. For quarterly results, the 
operating return is the annualized operating return on equity using the 
average of beginning and ending shareholders’ equity, excluding aoCI, 
for such quarter. operating return on equity is an indicator of return on 
equity from the core business activities.

“severity on claims paid” means the ratio (expressed as a percentage) 
of the dollar amount of paid claims during a specified period on insured 
loans to the original insured mortgage amount relating to such loans. 
the main determinants of the severity ratio are the loan-to-value 
(original balance of a mortgage loan divided by the original value of 
the mortgaged property), age of the mortgage loan, the value of the 
underlying property, accrued interest on the loan, expenses advanced 
by the insured and foreclosure expenses. Severity on claims paid ratio 
measures the size of the average loss on a paid claim relative to the 
original insured mortgage amount and is used to assess the potential 
loss exposure related to insurance in force and for comparison to 
industry benchmarks and internal targets.

the Company’s full glossary is posted on the Company’s website at 
http://investor.genworthmicanada.ca and can be accessed by clicking on 
the “glossary of terms” link in the Investor resources subsection on 
the left navigation bar.

glossary
Certain terms and abbreviations used in these documents are defined below.

“book value per common share” is a measure of the carrying value 
of each individual share of the Company and is a key metric used by 
investors in assessing the market value of the Company.

“book value per share including AOCI (basic)” means the ratio of 
shareholders’ equity to number of basic common shares outstanding at 
a specified date. 

“book value per share excluding AOCI (basic)” means the ratio of 
shareholders’ equity excluding aoCI to number of basic common shares 
outstanding at a specified date.

“book value per share including AOCI (diluted)” means the ratio 
of shareholders’ equity including aoCI to number of diluted common 
shares outstanding at a specified date. diluted common shares 
outstanding takes into account all of the outstanding dilutive securities 
that could potentially be exercised. 

“book value per share excluding AOCI (diluted)” means the ratio 
of shareholders’ equity excluding aoCI to number of diluted common 
shares outstanding at a specified date. diluted common shares 
outstanding takes into account all of the outstanding dilutive securities 
that could potentially be exercised. 

“combined ratio” means the sum of the loss ratio and the expense 
ratio. the combined ratio measures the proportion of the Company’s 
total cost to its premium earned and is used to assess the profitability of 
the Company’s insurance underwriting activities. 

“delinquency ratio” means the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of 
the total number of delinquent loans to the total original number of 
policies in force at a specified date. the delinquency ratio is an indicator 
of the emergence of losses on claims and the quality of the insurance 
portfolio and is useful for comparison to industry benchmarks and 
internal targets. 

“dividends paid per common share” means the portion of the 
Company’s profits distributed to shareholders during a specified period 
and measures the total amount distributed by the Company  
to shareholders.

“expense ratio” means the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of sales, 
underwriting and administrative expenses to net premiums earned for a 
specified period. the expense ratio measures the operational efficiency 
of the Company and is a useful comparison to industry benchmarks and 
internal targets. 

“insurance in force” means the amount of all mortgage insurance 
policies in effect at a specified date, based on the original principal 
balance of mortgages covered by such insurance policies, including 
any capitalized premiums. Insurance in force measures the maximum 
potential total risk exposure under insurance contracts at any given time 
and is used to assess potential losses on claims.

“investment yield” means the net investment income before 
investment fees and excluding net realized gains (losses) tax affected 
for dividends for a period divided by the average of the beginning and 
ending investments book value for such period. For quarterly results, 
the investment yield is the annualized net investment income using the 
average of beginning and ending investments book value for  
such quarter. 

“loss ratio” means the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of the total 
amount of losses on claims associated with insurance policies incurred 
during a specified period to net premiums earned during such period. 
the loss ratio is a key measure of underwriting profitability and the 
quality of the insurance portfolio and is used for comparisons to industry 
benchmarks and internal targets. 

genwor th MI  Ca na da  In C .  2013 annUaL  report 

97

 
Five-year financial review
Key financial metrics

Years ended December 31 
(in millions, unless otherwise specified) 

Income statement data
gross premiums written 

net premiums earned 

2013  

2012 

2011 

2010 

2009

$ 

512 

$ 

560 

$ 

545  

$ 

 564  

$ 

 374  

Underwriting revenues 
Losses   
expenses 
Investment income 
Impact of the reversal of government guarantee fund exit fees 
Interest expense 
pre-tax income 
net income 

net operating income 

Balance sheet data 
Cash and investments 
total assets 
Unearned premium reserves   
debt 
total liabilities 
Shareholders’ equity 
aoCI  
Shareholders’ equity, excluding aoCI  

Key ratios and other items 
Loss ratio 
expense ratio 
Combined ratio 
operating return on equity 
adjusted operating return on equity 
MCt ratio 
delinquency ratio 
Severity ratio 
Leverage 
operating earnings per share (diluted) 
adjusted operating earnings per share (diluted) 
Book value per share (diluted, exc. aoCI)    
Book value per share (diluted, incl. aoCI)    

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

573 

573 
142 
113 
215 
0 
(23) 
511 
375 

349 

5,375 
5,691 
1,724 
423 
2,604 
3,087 
124 
2,963 

25% 
20% 
44% 
12% 
12% 
223% 
0.12% 
30% 
12% 
3.60 
3.60 
31.22 
32.53 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

 589  

589  
194 
105  
181 
186
(23) 
635 
470 

462 

5,380 
5,734 
1,785 
422 
2,697 
3,037 
221 
2,816 

33% 
18% 
51% 
17% 
13%
170% 
0.14% 
32% 
12% 
4.67 
3.43
28.40 
30.62 

 $ 

$ 
$ 

612 

612 
225  
101  
179  

(23) 
443  
323  

 318  

5,063  
5,393  
1,824 
 422  
2,710  
 2,683  
215  
2,468 

37% 
17% 
53% 
13% 

162% 
0.20% 
32% 
14% 
3.12 

$ 

 621  

 621  
 206  
 103  
 183  

 (8) 
486 
348  

 343  

 5,135  
5,398  
 1,902  
 422  
 2,810  
 2,589  
 124  
 2,464  

33% 
17% 
50% 
14% 

156% 
0.26% 
27% 
14% 
3.01 

24.78  
26.94 

 $ 
 $ 

23.27 
24.44 

$ 

$ 
$ 

 610 

 710 
256 
 98 
 189  

 (1)
 544  
 379(1)

 371(1)

 4,986 
 5,210 
 1,971 
—

 2,567  
 2,643  
 97 
 2,546 

36%(2)
14%(2)
50%(2)
16%(3)

149%
0.28%
27%
0%
3.23(4) 

21.58 
22.40 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 
(4) 

 Excluding the impact of changes to the premium recognition curve, net income and net operating income for the year ended December 31, 2009 would have been $315 million and  
$307 million, respectively.
 Excluding the impact of changes to the premium recognition curve, loss ratio, expense ratio and combined ratio for the year ended December 31, 2009 would have been 42%,  
15% and 57%, respectively.
 Excluding the impact of changes to the premium recognition curve, operating return on equity for the year ended December 31, 2009 would have been 13%.
 Excluding the impact of changes to the premium recognition curve, operating earnings per share (diluted) would have been $2.67.

98 

genwo rth MI C anada I n C .  20 13 annUaL  rep ort

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2012 and 2013 quarterly information

(For the quarter ended, in millions,  
unless otherwise specified) 

Q4’13 

Q3’13 

Q2’13 

2013 

Q1’13 

Q4’12 

Q3’12 

Q2’12 

net premiums written 

$ 

129 

$ 

161 

$ 

137 

$ 

84 

$ 

117 

$ 

178 

$ 

176 

$ 

142 

142 
31 
33 

78 
56 

143 

143 
32 
27 

84 
51 

143 

143 
35 
26 

82 
59 

144 

144 
44 
26 

74 
50 

(6) 

93 

(6) 

96 

(6) 

98 

(6) 

88 

147 

147 
46 
28 

73 
233 

186

(6) 

226 

2012

Q1’12

79

147

147
56
26

65
50

147 

147 
44 
26 

77 
44 

148 

148 
48 
25 

76 
40 

(6) 

85 

(6) 

79 

(6)

81

(8) 

85 

22% 
23% 
45% 

(5) 

91 

22% 
19% 
41% 

(10) 

88 

25% 
18% 
43% 

(3)    

85 

31% 
18% 
49% 

0 

226 

31% 
19% 
50% 

(4) 

81 

30% 
18% 
48% 

0 

79 

32% 
17% 
49% 

(5)

76

38%
18%
56%

$ 

0.90 

$ 

0.94 

$ 

0.89 

$ 

0.86 

$ 

2.28 

$ 

0.82 

$ 

0.79 

$ 

0.77

$ 

0.9

net premiums earned 

Underwriting revenues 
Losses on claims 
expenses 

Net underwriting income 
Investment income 
Impact of the reversal of 
  government guarantee 

fund exit fees 
Interest expense 

Net income 

adjustment to net income
Losses/(gains) 
  on investments 
  net of taxes 

Net operating income 

Loss ratio 
expense ratio 
Combined ratio 
operating earnings 
  per share diluted 
adjusted operating  
  earnings per 
  share diluted 

genwor th MI  Ca na da  In C .  2013 annUaL  report 

99

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Genworth MI Canada Inc. 
the board of directors

Our Board of Directors has the mandate to supervise the 
management and affairs of the Company. The Board, directly and 
through its committees, provides direction to ensure the best 
interests of the Company and its shareholders are maintained.

Brian Hurley Chairman, Ceo 

Sidney Horn(1)(2)(4)(5)

Angel Mas

Mr. hurley is Chairman of the Board and Chief 
executive officer of the Company. previously, 
he was president, genworth International, with 
responsibility for genworth businesses around the 
globe. he joined general electric in 1981 and held 
various management positions in numerous ge 
divisions including president and Ceo of genworth 
Financial Mortgage Insurance Company Canada  
from 1994 to 1996.

Mr. horn has been a director of genworth Financial 
Mortgage Insurance Company Canada since 1995. 
he is Chair of the Compensation and nominating 
Committee and is the Company’s Lead director.  
Mr. horn is a partner at Stikeman elliott LLp  
and specializes in commercial, corporate and 
securities law.

Mr. Mas is president & Ceo of genworth Financial’s 
european Mortgage Insurance business and is 
responsible for genworth’s MI business in Mexico. 
prior to this role, Mr. Mas was Managing director 
& Commercial Leader of genworth’s Lifestyle 
protection business. he joined genworth’s former 
parent company, ge, in 1996.

Robert Gillespie(1)(2)(5)

Brian Kelly(1)(3)(5)

Samuel Marsico(3)

Mr. gillespie has been a director of genworth 
Financial Mortgage Insurance Company Canada 
since 1995. after holding numerous management 
positions with general electric Canada Inc., he held 
the position of Chairman and Chief executive officer 
of general electric Canada Inc. from 1992 to 2005. In 
the past, Mr. gillespie was a director of wescam Inc., 
Spinrite Income Fund and husky Injection Molding 
Systems Ltd.

Mr. Kelly has been a director of genworth Financial 
Mortgage Insurance Company Canada since 2004 
and Chair of its audit Committee since 2005. 
Between 1972 and 1998, Mr. Kelly held various 
financial management positions within several 
general electric businesses, including Chief Financial 
officer of two general electric Canada businesses. 
he is a member of the Board of directors of 
peterborough & district affiliate of habitat for 
humanity.

Mr. Marsico is the Senior Vice-president and Chief  
risk officer for genworth Financial Inc., global 
Mortgage Insurance. he joined genworth Financial 
Mortgage Insurance in august 1997 as Chief 
Financial officer and has held various senior 
management positions. Mr. Marsico is Chair of  
the risk, Capital and Investment Committee. he 
holds a Cpa designation.

Leon Roday(2)

Jerome Upton(3)

John Walker(5) 

Mr. roday is the executive Vice-president, general 
Counsel and Secretary of genworth Financial Inc. 
Mr. roday is also a director of genworth Financial 
Mortgage Insurance pty Limited in australia. prior 
to joining genworth Financial Inc. in 1996, he was 
a partner at LeBoeuf, Lamb, greene, and Mcrae, a 
U.S. law firm, for 14 years. Mr. roday is a member 
of the new York State and Virginia bar associations.

Mr. Upton is the Chief Financial & operations officer, 
global Mortgage Insurance, genworth Financial, Inc.  
he joined genworth in 1998 from KpMg peat 
Marwick and has held various senior financial 
management positions within the company.

Mr. walker has been a director of genworth Financial 
Mortgage Insurance Company Canada since 1996. 
he is a founding partner at walker Sorensen LLp, 
specializing in advising insurance and reinsurance 
companies. he has served as a member of the board  
of directors of a number of financial institutions, 
including td trust Company and Concordia Life 
Insurance Company.

(1) audit Committee (2) Compensation and nominating Committee (3)  risk, Capital and Investment Committee (4)  Lead director (5)  Independent

Genworth Financial Mortgage 
Insurance Company Canada Board 
Members

All of the people listed as being directors of Genworth MI 
Canada Inc. are also directors of Genworth Financial Mortgage 
Insurance Company Canada. In addition to such people the 
below individuals are also directors of Genworth Financial 
Mortgage Insurance Company Canada:

Genworth Financial Mortgage Insurance Company Canada’s 
board of directors has three (3) committees, an Audit 
Committee, comprised of the same members as the 
Company’s Audit Committee; a Conduct Review Committee, 
comprised of Brian Kelly, Jerome Upton and John Walker; 
and a Risk, Capital and Investment Committee comprised 
of the same members as the Company’s Risk, Capital and 
Investment Committee.

Heather Nicol  

David Gibbins  

Ms. nicol joined the board of genworth Financial 
Mortgage Insurance Company Canada in June 2011. 
She has held several senior financial management 
positions including Chief Financial officer for the 
MarS discovery district and for Chapters online,  
as well as Vice-president for BMo nesbitt Burns. 
She is also a founding board member of desjardins 
Credit Union.

Mr. gibbins has been a director of genworth 
Financial Mortgage Insurance Company Canada since 
2007. he is also a director of greenfield Financial 
group, a Canadian listed public company involved 
in asset-based lending, and also sits on the boards 
of two private corporations. he has held senior 
management positions with rBC Capital Markets.

100 

genwo rth MI C anada I n C .  20 13 annUaL  rep ort

 
shareholder information

Exchange listing
The Toronto Stock Exchange:
Common shares (MIC)

Common shares
As at December 31, 2013, there were 
94,910,880 common shares outstanding.

Independent auditor
KPMG LLP
Bay Adelaide Centre 
333 Bay Street, Suite 4600
Toronto, Ontario  M5H 2S5

Registrar and transfer agent
Canadian Stock Transfer Company, Inc.
320 Bay Street, P.O. Box 1
Toronto, Ontario  M5H 4A6
Tel: 416-643-5000
Fax: 416-643-5570
www.canstockta.com

All inquiries related to address changes, 
elimination of multiple mailings, transfer of 
MIC shares, dividends or other shareholder 
account issues should be forwarded to the 
offices of Canadian Stock Transfer Company.

Investor relations
Shareholders, security analysts and 
investment professionals should direct  
inquiries to:

Samantha Cheung 
Vice-President, Investor Relations 
investor@genworth.com

Additional financial information has been 
filed electronically with various securities 
regulators in Canada through the System 
for Electronic Document Analysis and 
Retrieval (SEDAR) and with the Office of the 
Superintendent of Financial Institutions (OSFI) 
as the primary regulator for the Company’s 
subsidiary, Genworth Financial Mortgage 
Insurance Company Canada. 

The Company holds a conference call following 
the release of its quarterly results. These calls 
are archived in the Investor section of the 
Company’s website.

Annual general meeting of shareholders 
Date: Thursday, June 5, 2014
Time: 10:30 AM
Location: TMX Broadcast Centre
The Exchange Tower
130 King St West, Toronto, Ontario

Board of Directors
Complaints about the Company’s internal 
accounting controls or auditing matters or any 
other concerns may be addressed directly to the 
Board of Directors or the Audit Committee at:

Board of Directors
Genworth MI Canada Inc.
c/o Winsor Macdonell, Secretary
2060 Winston Park Drive, Suite 300
Oakville, Ontario  L6H 5R7
Tel: 905-287-5484

Corporate ombudsperson
Concerns related to compliance with the law, 
Genworth policies or government contracting 
requirements may be directed to:

Genworth ombudsperson
2060 Winston Park Drive, Suite 300
Oakville, Ontario  L6H 5R7
Tel: 905-287-5510
Canada-ombudsperson@genworth.com

Disclosure documents
Corporate governance, disclosure and other 
investor information is available online from 
the Investor Relations pages of the Company’s 
website at http://investor.genworthmicanada.ca.

Cautionary statements
The cautionary statements included in the 
Company’s Management’s Discussion and 
Analysis and Annual Information Form, 
including the “Special note regarding forward-
looking statements” and the “Non-IFRS 
financial measures,” also apply to this Annual 
Report and all information and documents 
included herein. These documents can be 
found at www.sedar.com.

2014 common share dividend dates
The declaration and payment of dividends and 
the amount thereof are at the discretion of the 
Board, which takes into account the Company’s 
financial results, capital requirements, available 
cash flow and other factors the Board considers 
relevant from time to time. 

Eligible dividend designation
For purposes of the dividend tax credit rules 
contained in the Income Tax Act (Canada) and 
any corresponding provincial or territorial tax 
legislation, all dividends (and deemed dividends) 
paid by Genworth MI Canada Inc. to Canadian 
residents are designated as eligible dividends. 
Unless stated otherwise, all dividends (and 
deemed dividends) paid by the Company 
hereafter are designated as eligible dividends 
for the purposes of such rules.

Information for shareholders outside 
of Canada
Dividends paid to residents in countries 
with which Canada has bilateral tax treaties 
are generally subject to the 15% Canadian 
non-resident withholding tax. There is no 
Canadian tax on gains from the sale of shares 
(assuming ownership of less than 25%) or 
debt instruments of the Company owned 
by non-residents not carrying on business 
in Canada. (No government in Canada levies 
estate taxes or succession duties.)

Genworth MI Canada Inc.  
2060 Winston Park Drive, Suite 300 
Oakville, Ontario L6H 5R7 

Tel: 905-287-5300  
Fax: 905-287-5472  
www.genworth.ca

The issuer ratings of Genworth MI Canada and financial strength ratings of Genworth Financial Mortgage 
Insurance Company Canada reflect each rating agency’s opinion of the Company’s financial strength, operating 
performance and ability to meet obligations to policyholders.

Credit ratings

Dividend declaration dates

Issuer rating

S&P

DBRS

Declared

10/29/13

Genworth MI Canada Inc.

A-, Stable

AA (low), Stable

07/30/13

Financial strength 

Genworth Financial Mortgage  
Insurance Company Canada 

Senior unsecured debentures

AA-, Stable

AA, Stable

04/30/13

02/05/13

Genworth MI Canada Inc.

A-, Stable

AA (low), Stable

Record

11/15/13

08/15/13

05/15/13

02/15/13

Payable

11/29/13 

08/30/13 

05/31/13 

03/01/13 

Amount per 
common share

$0.35

$0.32

$0.32

$0.32

m
o
c

.

r

i

m
b
.

w
w
w

o
s

s
e
d
a

r

I

s

l

l

i

M

n
a

y

r

B

r

i

m
b

y
b

d
e
n
g

i

s
e
D

GEN2677 English AR 2013_CvrPGs.indd   2

14-05-05   4:35 PMMon, May 5, 2014

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
G
e
n
w
o
r
t
h
M

I

C
a
n
a
d
a

I

n
c
.

2
0
1
3

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

   A digital copy of this Annual Report and of 

Genworth Canada’s 2013 Public Accountability 

Statement are available on our website at 

www.genworth.ca. Print copies are available 

upon request.  

Genworth MI Canada Inc.
 2013 Annual Report
delivering exceptional value

Genworth MI Canada Inc.
2060 Winston Park Drive, Suite 300
Oakville, Ontario  L6H 5R7
Phone: 905-287-5300 
Fax: 905-287-5472
www.genworth.ca

GEN2677 English AR 2013_CvrPGs.indd   1

14-05-05   4:35 PMMon, May 5, 2014